Seizing the
opportunity
Pantheon International Plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Full contents Available here, throughout the report
Strategic Report Manager’s Review Governance Financial Statements Other Information
Pantheon International Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Providing easy access to a diverse range of exceptional companies all over the world.
Case study: Ambienta
Joining forces
to invest in the
low-carbon economy
18
ESG
Case study: Medifox
Essential software
for care and
therapy
90
DISTRIBUTION
Case study: Eraneos & Valantic
NEW COMMITMENT
Digital
transformation,
delivered
101
Advent International Q&A
How higher interest
rates are affecting
private equity
70
Case study: Interactive Investor
Wealth management
made easy
68
DISTRIBUTION
This report contains terminology that may be unfamiliar to some readers. The Glossary on page 184 provides definitions for frequently used terms.
Chair’s Statement and Q&A with Shareholders
Seizing the
opportunity
20
Contents
Strategic Report
About PIP 03
About Pantheon 05
Active Management 06
Embedded Value 10
Performance 14
Responsible Investment 16
Chair’s Statement and Q&A with Shareholders 20
Key Performance Indicators 26
Our Strategy 31
Our Business Model 35
Investment Policy 42
Financing Our Undrawn Commitments 43
Risk Management and Principal Risks 44
s172(1) Statement 49
Viability Statement 54
Manager’s Review
Our Market 56
Portfolio 60
Performance 64
A Conversation with Advent International 70
Sectors in Focus 74
A Conversation with Pantheon’s Global
Head of ESG 76
Realisations 82
Net Portfolio Cash Flow 86
Distributions 87
Calls 92
New Commitments 93
Focus on Manager-led Secondaries 96
Buyout Analysis 103
Largest 50 Companies 106
Other Information 108
Key Pantheon Personnel Supporting PIP 116
Governance
Board of Directors 121
Directors’ Report 123
Statement on Corporate Governance 128
Audit Committee Report 135
Directors’ Remuneration Report 138
Directors’ Responsibility Statement 141
Independent Auditor’s Report to the
Members of Pantheon International Plc 142
Financial Statements
Income Statement 151
Statement of Changes in Equity 152
Balance Sheet 153
Cash Flow Statement 154
Notes to the Financial Statements 155
Other Information
AIFMD Disclosures 178
Alternative Performance Measures 180
Glossary of Terms 184
Directors and Advisers 186
Retail investors advised by independent
financial advisers
The Company currently conducts its affairs
so that its shares can be recommended by
independent financial advisers to retail private
investors in accordance with the FCA’s rules in
relation to non-mainstream investment products.
The shares are excluded from the FCA’s
restrictions which apply to non-mainstream
investment products because they are shares
in a UK-listed investment trust.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 01Strategic Report Manager’s Review Governance Financial Statements Other Information
Strategic Report
About PIP 03
About Pantheon 05
Active Management 06
Embedded Value 10
Performance 14
Responsible Investment 16
Chair’s Statement and Q&A with Shareholders 20
Key Performance Indicators 26
Our Strategy 31
Our Business Model 35
Investment Policy 42
Financing Our Undrawn Commitments 43
Risk Management and Principal Risks 44
s172(1) Statement 49
Viability Statement 54
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 02
About PIP
Making the
private, public
A share in Pantheon International Plc provides
access to a high-quality diversified portfolio of
private companies around the world that would
otherwise be inaccessible to most investors.
Shares in PIP can be bought and sold as they
would in any other publicly listed company.
1 Including financing costs, PIP’s total ongoing charges would be 1.50%. See page 183 of the
Alternative Performance Measures section for calculations and disclosures.
PIP
Pantheon International Plc (“PIP”or the “Company”) isa FTSE 250 private equity investment trust, actively
managed byPantheon, one oftheleading private markets investment managers globally.
PIP is overseen by an independent Boardof Directors who come from arange ofbackgrounds.
Shareholders
Invest via London
Stock Exchange
PIP PIP Board Pantheon
APPOINTS
MANAGES
OVERSEES
As at 31 May 2023
-8.0%
Share price change
in the year
+12 . 1%
Average annual NAV
growth since 1987
(net of fees)
£ 2 . 5bn
Net asset value
(“NAV”)
1.25%
1
Association of
Investment Companies
(“AIC”) ongoing charges
1
£1 . 4bn
Market
capitalisation
+2.4%
NAV per share
growth in the year
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 03
About PIP
Seizing a compelling
investment opportunity
We are revising our
capital allocation policy:
PIP is committing up to £200m to
investin its portfolio by acquiring its
ownshares during the financial year
to31May 2024.
Furthermore, the Board intends to extend
PIP’s capital allocation policy in the
future to dedicate a proportion of the
Company’s net portfolio cash flow to
share buybacks.
Further details of the policy, which will
beapplied according to the levels of
prevailing share price discount to NAV,
will be announcedin due course.
Capturing value
for shareholders:
At high discount levels, it is highly
attractive for PIP to reinvest in its
ownshares.
We know our portfolio well and have
confidence in its valuation.
We will continue to make new
investments alongside buybacks.
Having the flexibility
to do this:
The share repurchase of up to £200m
represents approximately 15% of
PIP’syear-end market capitalisation
at current discount levels.
At the end of the financial year end,
PIP had £63mof cash and £500m of
unused credit facilities.
As PIP invests directly into new
investments, the majority of which are
to individual companies, we have the
flexibility to manage PIP’s cash position
at relatively short notice.
Read more in the
Chair’s statement
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 04
About Pantheon
Managed by a leading, global
private equity investor
Selecting, accessing and partnering with
many of the best private equity managers
globally with robust organisations, deep
operational and sector expertise, and a
proven investment strategy is key to
achieving attractive returns.
$93.4bn
1
Assets under
management (USD)
11
Offices around
the world
>585
1
Advisory board
seats held
>1,000
Institutional investors
globally
c.10,000
Private equity managers
in Pantheon’s database
134
2
Investment
professionals
1 As at 31 March 2023.
2 As at 30 June 2023.
3 A location from which executives of the Pantheon Group perform client service activities
but does not imply an office.
4 United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment.
5 See the Awards Methodologies & Disclosures section on Pantheon’s website for details regarding
the awards mentioned: www.pantheon.com.
Pantheon
Pantheon (the “Manager”) provides clients with access to its global private equity platform.
Over more than 40 years, Pantheon has built up an extensive network of relationships with private equity
managers across the world. Thanks to Pantheon’s privileged access, PIP is able to co-invest directly in exciting
private companies, participate in attractive single-asset secondary deals and invest in invitation-only funds.
SAN
FRANCISCO
32
HONG
KONG
13
NEW
YORK
60
BOGO
4
TOKYO
5
SEOUL
5
CHICAGO
7
LONDON
315
people
DUBLIN
12
BERLIN
1
TEL AVIV
3
1
15 years of UN PRI
4
membership, one of the first
private equity signatories
Received 100% rating
from UN PRI for private
equity in 2021
Award-winning asset manager
5
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 05
Active Management
As a result, over half of PIPs portfolio
comprises carefully selected direct
company investments, which are
complemented by hard-to-access,
oversubscribed funds.
Over the past few years, we have
focused on investing directly in private
companies, rather than accessing
them through funds alone, meaning
that the concentration of the portfolio
has increased.
Building a more concentrated
portfolio, through a larger proportion
of direct company investments
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 06
Active Management
Ten years ago, PIP only invested
incompanies via funds.
Today, over half of the portfolio
isinvested directly into the
companies themselves.
PIPPIP
Funds
Via direct
co-investments
and manager-led
secondaries
1
2013 2023
Funds
CompaniesCompanies
1 These typically involve single asset secondary transactions.
100% 52%48%
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 07
Concentration by Company and Manager
1 Number of managers and portfolio companies comprising 80% of PIP’s total exposure. Exposure is equivalent to the sum of the NAV and undrawn commitments.
2 PIP’s financial year changed from 30 June to 31 May in 2017.
June 2013
2
May 2023
100
70
50
30
10
0
100
72
80
60
40
20
90
Number of managers
1
June 2013
2
May 2023
1,000
500
0
922
537
600
400
300
100
800
200
700
900
Number of companies
1
28%
Decrease in number of managers comprising 80% of
PIP’s total exposure
1
since 2013
42%
Decrease in number of companies comprising 80% of
PIP’s total exposure
1
since 2013
Why we have increased
exposure to direct
investments:
We have more control over portfolio
construction and deployment pace
becausewe can select theindividual deals.
Investments benefit from a “double quality
filter” as both the private equitymanager
and the company havepassed through
ourstringent duediligence process.
We can more easily review the private
equity(“PE”) manager’s business plan
andassess thecompany’s prospects
aswell as any risks including those relating
to environmental, social and governance
(“ESG”) issues.
Co-investments are attractive economically,
since they are typically free of management
fees and carried interest.
Why we have reduced the
number of companies in
ourportfolio:
Stronger-performing individual assets
havethe potential to boost PIP’s NAV
overthe long term.
Improves transparency and more visibility
over the underlying assets.
All the benefits of increased concentration
while mitigating risk with an appropriate
levelof diversification.
Active Management
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 08
Information technology 33%
Healthcare 19%
Consumer 14%
Financials 11%
Industrials 10%
Communication services 7%
Energy 3%
Materials 2%
Other 1%
Small/mid buyout 45%
Large/mega buyout 26%
Growth 20%
Special situations
2
6%
Venture 3%
We believe PIP’s portfolio
offersan attractive
investment mix:
In addition to direct investments,
we invest in selected hard-to-access,
“invitation only” funds with managers
thatare generally not available on the
secondary market.
Combination of younger and more mature
assets means that PIP benefits from both
the “value creation” and “harvest” phases
of our investments.
PIP’s “all weather” portfolio tilts towards
companies in resilient, high-growth
sectors such as IT and healthcare that
canperform well througheconomic
cycles. These provide mission-critical
services and often have recurring
revenuemodels.
PIP’s exposure to the consumer sector is
mainly in resilient consumer staples and
services businesses, with limited exposure
tocompanies that are sensitive to
economic downturns.
PIP’s portfolio is weighted towards
small/mid market buyouts, which offer
more opportunities for value creation and
multiple routes to exit. PIP has very little
exposure to venture capital.
Active Management
PIP’s portfolio is weighted towards high-growth and resilient sectors
1
Focus on small/mid buyout and growth
1 The company sector chart is based upon underlying company valuations
as at 31 March 2023, adjusted for calls and distributions to 31 May 2023.
These account for 100% of PIP’s overall portfolio value.
2 Special situations investments can include distressed debt, mezzanine,
energy/utilities and turnarounds.
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 09
Proven strength, resilience and
fundamental value in our portfolio
Embedded Value
Over Pantheon’s many
yearsin the industry,
we have developed a deep
understanding of the
valuation methodologies of
our private equity managers,
and track their accuracy by
measuring realisations from
the portfolio against the
lastfull holding valuation.
Our portfolio valuations are
based upon the most recent
valuations that we receive
regularly from our managers,
which we challenge and
corroborate.
Our Valuation Committee,
which is independent of the
investment and investor
relations teams, is chaired
byPantheons Chief Risk
Officer and ensures robust
governance, meaningful
oversight and consistent
application of policy.
Asignificant proportion of the
underlying company and fund
valuations are also reviewed
as part of our annual
independent audit.
The consistent uplifts that are
achieved when companies
inPIP’s portfolio are sold
provide evidence that the
portfolio is accurately valued.
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 10
1 As at 31 March 2023.
Embedded Value
1. Continuous valuation inputs
Annual and quarterly reports, financial
statements and board meeting materials
received from PE managers
Assess and review accounting policiesand
valuation methodologies of private
equitymanagers
2. Continuous monitoring
Investment team review of companies, funds
andprivate equity managers
Risk assessment of investments
Pre-investment due diligence
Post-investment monitoring
Feedback from participation on >585
1
advisory
boards globally
3. Monthly Valuation Committee
Valuation Committee has ultimate responsibility
for approving investment valuations which
determine the fair value of investments
Input from investment teams
on potential valuation issues
Use insight to verify/challenge
private equity manager valuations
Review and discuss accounting issues
4. Annual external audit
Independent assessment
of valuations and controls
surrounding valuation
process
Pantheon ISAE 3402
report on controls
independently audited
byKPMG LLP
The annual EY audit
process involves
substantive testing of the
fair value of a sample of
investment positions as
at 31 May
EY conducts a
comparisonof a sample
of investment values
reported in PIP’s NAVs
totheir subsequently
audited financial
statements, with any
differences above a
certain threshold reported
to the Audit Committee
Our robust
valuation process
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 11
Uplifts at exit demonstrate embedded value in
PIPsportfolio
Embedded Value
Confidence inthe valuations
reported byour underlying
private equitymanagers:
Our managers use fair market valuation
methodology, following international
guidelines.
Our managers typically value their
portfolio companies conservatively;
the consistent uplifts on exit provide
evidence of this.
Private equity managers have a
long-term investment horizon and
typicallycontrol their portfolio
companies; they can time when to
sellthem and arenot reliant on IPOs.
PIP’s portfolio is mostly composed
ofsmall and midmarket private
businesses that operate in niche
sectorswhere there may not be
comparable listed companies.
50
40
20
0
30
10
2014 2015 2016
2017
2018 2019 2020 2021
2022
2023
1,000
800
400
0
600
200
100
80
40
0
60
20
8
4
0
6
2
YEARS
PORTFOLIO NAV (%)
NUMBER OF COMPANIES
Jun
2012
Jun
2013
Jun
2014
Jun
2015
Jun
2016
Jun
2017
May
2018
May
2019
May
2020
May
2021
May
2022
Jun
2012
Jun
2013
Jun
2014
Jun
2015
Jun
2016
Jun
2017
May
2018
May
2019
May
2020
May
2021
May
2022
Jun
2012
Jun
2013
Jun
2014
Jun
2015
Jun
2016
Jun
2017
May
2018
May
2019
May
2020
May
2021
May
2022
VALUE-WEIGHTED AVERAGE
UPLIFT ON EXIT (%)
4.0x
2.0x
0x
3.0x
1.0x
Cost multiple of existing portfolio
1
Cost multiple at exit
2
1,000
800
400
0
600
200
100
80
40
0
60
20
8
4
0
6
2
YEARS PORTFOLIO NAV (%)
NUMBER OF COMPANIES
Jun
2012
Jun
2013
Jun
2014
Jun
2015
Jun
2016
Jun
2017
May
2018
May
2019
May
2020
May
2021
May
2022
Jun
2012
Jun
2013
Jun
2014
Jun
2015
Jun
2016
Jun
2017
May
2018
May
2019
May
2020
May
2021
May
2022
Jun
2012
Jun
2013
Jun
2014
Jun
2015
Jun
2016
Jun
2017
May
2018
May
2019
May
2020
May
2021
May
2022
VALUE-WEIGHTED AVERAGE UPLIFT ON EXIT
1.6x
3.0x
1 The cost multiple of the existing portfolio refers to the sum of NAV and distributions of unrealised investments compared to the initial cost of investment.
2 Average cost multiple on exit realisations since 2012.
The unrealised portfolio is currently held at a
multiple of 1.6 times cost.
The average cost multiple on exit since PIP
started tracking this metric in 2012 is 3.0x.
PIP’s portfolio has a track record of achieving a
cost multiple at exit well above the current
holding value.
Realised multiples are well above holding cost
multiples, which indicates conservative private
equity manager valuations
Potential uplift
The uplift on full exit compares the value received when
a company is sold against the investment’s carrying
value 12 months prior to the transaction taking place.
+27%
weighted average uplift in
the year to 31 May 2023
+31%
weighted average
uplift since 2012
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 12
Annualised Revenue and EBITDA (2018–2022)
2
Embedded Value
Most of the companies in
PIPs portfolio are profitable:
Our private equity managers have the
expertise andability to implement
operational improvements and actively
manage companies for growth.
PIP’s portfolio is tilted towards the IT
andhealthcare sectors, which are
resilient and benefit from long term
secular growth trends.
IT businesses provide mission-critical
software and IT infrastructure.
Healthcare businesses provide
essential healthcare products
andservices.
PIP’s loss ratio for all investments,
realised and unrealised, made over
thelast 10 years is low at 2.2%
1
.
See pages 9 and 34 for more information
on the sectors that PIP is invested in.
Why private equity can
thrive in the current
macroeconomic
environment:
Between 2002 and 2022, upper quartile
PE managers outperformed the Dow
Jones Industrial Average by 890 basis
points during bull markets, while this
widened to 1,940 basis points in bear
markets
3
.
Private equity is not immune to the
impact of rising interest rates but higher
rates tend to result in a more favourable
entry valuation environment and reduced
competition in the private equity industry,
both of which bode well for return
generation. The best private equity
managers will continue to focus on
implementing effective value creation
strategies in order to deliver the returns
that their investors expect.
1 Loss ratio is the difference between the total value
(NAV + distributions) and total cost of investments for
deals marked below cost divided by the total cost of
investments.
2 Source: Bloomberg. Five-year annualised figures are
derived from underlying annual performance growth
datashown on page 10 3.
3 Source: Capital IQ.
10
0
15
18%
7%
6%
20%
5
Annualised revenue growth
Annualised EBITDA growth
Revenue and EBITDA growth in PIP’s buyout portfolio have
continued to exceed the growth rates seen in companies that
constitute the MSCI World index.
PIP MSCI World
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 13
Performance
Long-term NAV
outperformance
We have achieved this by actively
managing the portfolio and tilting
ittowards where we see the
bestopportunities.
We believe that PIP’s portfolio is
well-positioned to both withstand
uncertainty and benefit from
more favourable times.
PIP is one of the longest
established private equity
companies listed on the
LondonStock Exchange and
itsNAV has consistently
outperformed its public market
benchmarks across different
economic cycles.
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 14
Performance
PIPs long-term NAV outperformance
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2023
2022
4,000
7,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0
5,000
PIP FINANCIAL YEAR
PERFORMANCE (RE-BASED TO 100)
6,000
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2023
2022
PIP NAV PIP Ordinary Share Price
FTSE All-Share Total Return MSCI World Total Return (Sterling)
PIPs objective is to maximise capital growth over the longterm
Annualised performance as at 31 May 2023
1 yr 3 yrs 5 yrs 10 yrs
Since
inception
1
NAV per share (stated net of fees) 2.4% 17.1% 13.9% 13.2% 12.1%
Ordinary share price -8.0% 9.6% 6.2% 9.9% 10.7%
FTSE All-Share, Total Return 0.4% 10.2% 2.9% 5.3% 7.4%
MSCI World, Total Return (Sterling) 4.3% 11.4% 9.9% 11.4% 8.3%
NAV per share vs. market performance
1 yr 3 yrs 5 yrs 10 yrs
Since
inception
1
Versus FTSE All-Share, Total Return +2.0% +6.9% +11.0% +7.9 % +4.7%
Versus MSCI World, Total Return (Sterling) -1.9% +5.7% +4.0% +1.8% +3.8%
Share price vs. market performance
1 yr 3 yrs 5 yrs 10 yrs
Since
inception
1
Versus FTSE All-Share, Total Return -8.4% -0.6% +3.3% +4.6% +3.3%
Versus MSCI World, Total Return (Sterling) -12.3% -1.8% -3.7% -1.5% +2.4%
1 Inception in September 1987.
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 15
Responsible Investment
An enhanced approach
to responsible investing
Adherence to ESG principles has
been incorporated in Pantheons
pre- and post-investment
processes for many years and
theManager will continue to play
an influential role in promoting
ESGstandards and diversity &
inclusion in private equity.
The Board of PIP recognises that
a focus on environmental, social
and governance (“ESG”) is an
important tool for risk mitigation
and can lead to value creation
across the investment portfolio.
The Directors of PIP have full
oversight of ESG matters within
PIPs portfolio and fully support
Pantheon’s longstanding
commitment in this area.
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 16
Responsible Investment
Pantheon has deeply embedded ESG
considerations into its investment
processes, from the initial screening of
opportunities, through due diligence
andengagement and post-investment
monitoring.
Pantheon’s focus recently has been on
enhancing its screening and due diligence
on deals from an ESG perspective.
Pantheon has introduced a new approach
to ESG called TIES – which stands for
Transparency, Integration, Engagement
and Solutions – as this encapsulates
thestrong ties between Pantheon, the
underlying private equity managers and
theportfolio companies. As part of this,
Pantheon recently developed a proprietary
ESG due diligence scorecard, incorporating
a range of topics including climate risk,
reputational risk, diversity, equity and
inclusion (“DEI”) and biodiversity.
PIP’s move towards a larger proportion of
direct company investments provides the
Manager with more control over ESG and
enables Pantheon to undertake ESG due
diligence on the company prior to investing.
Pantheon is committed to advocating for
ESG practices across the private equity
industry through its participation in a
variety of industry initiatives and by using
its position on over 585
1
advisory boards
worldwide to promote high ESG standards
on behalf of PIP among private equity
managers and investee companies.
See pages 76 to 81 for more information.
Signatory of:
LGBT+ NETWORK
GAIN
Girls Are INvestors
ESG committee member of:
Principles for
Responsible
Investment
Private equity action on climate change
initiative
climat
international
Invested in a better future
1 As at 31 March 2023.
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 17
Monitoring/
Engagement
Monitoring:
1. Private equity manager data
collection
2. Portfolio company data collection
Engagement:
1. Private equity manager: Targeted
engagement based on scorecard
2.
Industry: Advocate for ESG best
practice through industry trade
bodies
Reporting
Focusing efforts on standardised ESG
reporting templates to align with:
1. Sustainable Finance Disclosure
Regulation metrics
2. ESG Data Convergence Initiative
metrics
3. Task Force on Climate-Related
Financial Disclosure requirements
Screening
ESG screening process applied
to all investment opportunities
Due Diligence
ESG scorecard used to assess:
1. Private equity manager
2. Private equity fund
3. Single-company deal
4. Multi-company deal
In Practice
Integrated into ESG due
diligence scorecard
In Practice
ESG due diligence scoreboard
output included in investment
committee memos
In Practice
Enhancing ESG data collection systems
Pantheon’s enhanced ESG framework
ESG case study
Private
equity fund
Ambienta IV
Manager
Ambienta
Geography
Europe
Type
Primary
Commitment
£14.9m
Joining forces to invest
in the low-carbon economy
Ambienta is a European private equity manager focused on investing in
sustainability-driven businesses. The manager was founded in 2007 and
has offices in Milan, London, Paris and Munich.
Pantheon has a long-standing relationship with Ambienta and holds three
advisory board seats with the manager. PIP has previously co-invested
alongside Ambienta in SF Filter, a distributor of mobile and industrial filters
for after-market applications.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 18
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Maiden investment from Ambienta IV
Ambienta recently completed its first investment
from Ambienta IV into Previero, a designer and
manufacturer of plastic recycling solutions.
Thebusiness is set to play a key role in the transition
towards the recycling of plastic; currently just 15%
ofplastic waste generated worldwide is recycled,
due to a lack of infrastructure, while this is expected
to need to double tomeet corporate commitments
andregulations.
Ambienta will support value creation opportunities
inPreviero through the provision of financial and
managerial resources, as well as increased
investment in both fixed and human capital.
ESG case study
ESG credentials
In 2020, Ambienta obtained Carbon
Neutral certification for its commitment
to NetZero.
Ambienta IV is classified as Article 9
under SFDR
1
, meaning the fund has
sustainable investment as its objective.
The United Nations Principles for
Responsible Investment has awarded
Ambienta their top rating every year
since 2017.
Ambienta is committed to diversity
and inclusion with 52% of hires in
2021being female.
Ambienta’s “ESG in Action” programme
monitors portfolio company progress
against a range of ESG key performance
indicators.
The manager is an active member of
Institutional Investors Group on Climate
Change, a global investor body which
focuses on climate change.
Ambienta is a member of the Invest
Europe Responsible Investment
Roundtable.
Investment approach
Ambienta believes that sustainability is a
mega-trend affecting all sectors in their
own different ways. Ambienta IV will
continue its investment strategy of
targeting small- and medium-sized
businesses in Europe whose products aid
pollution control and resource efficiency in
their respective sectors. The businesses
will have scalable and profitable business
models, growing international end-markets
and differentiated market positions.
The manager typically looks for
fast-growing businesses that lack the
necessary capital, infrastructure or
expertise, to sustain the next phase of
growth. Ambienta aims to create value at
the portfolio company level by focusing on:
Strengthening the organisation through
the implementation of stronger internal
structures and processes;
Identifying strategic and operational
levers to enhance margins and
long-term growth;
Using buy & build strategies to
consolidate a fragmented market;
Growing the company’s geographical
footprint; and
Using ESG as a value creation tool.
The development of a dedicated
Sustainability & Strategy function, whose
role is to understand the ways in which
resource efficiency and pollution control
shape industries, enables the manager to
screen and select the very best investment
opportunities. The function, which
comprises eight full-time employees,
hasprovided Ambienta with a large bank
ofknowledge and expertise, and is an
integral part of their investment process.
Ambienta’s unique approach to investing
inbusinesses driven by sustainability
hasdemonstrated that top decile financial
returns can be combined with a measurable
and favourable environmental impact.
1 Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 19
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Chair’s Statement and Q&A with Shareholders
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
Seizing the
opportunity
I strongly support the move away from a
pure fund-of-funds to a portfolio with a
majority of direct company investments,
which will build successful returns for
investors. Crucially, though, I believe that
the listed private equity (LPE) sector has
not kept up with the changing needs of
itsstakeholders and that there is a real
opportunity now to do more to put
shareholders’ interests first.
My first tasks were to set up a review
group of Board Directors and Pantheon
executives to think afresh about PIP’s
capital allocation, and at the same time to
engage with the Company’s shareholders,
to understand why they own LPE, and PIP
in particular, and how the Company can
best address their needs. One recurrent
theme, both for the Board and investors,
has been the persistent discount to net
asset value (NAV) at which the
Company’s shares trade.
Whilst this is typical of the whole LPE
sector, it presents a challenge, implying
that the market does not believe the
integrity of our NAVs, despite our long
history of delivering significant uplifts to
NAV when we realise our investments.
The current discount, however, also
represents an exciting opportunity that we
intend to seize on behalf of shareholders.
Working with Pantheon, we are revising our
capital allocation policy, which in the past
has not taken sufficient account of the
returns to be generated by reinvesting in
PIP’s portfolio when the discount is high.
Byusing buybacks, we are effectively
committing capital to a portfolio that we
know well, and in whose asset value we
have faith. Athigh discount levels, most
obviously the current 40% for example,
theresulting improvement to NAVper
share issignificant and immediate.
Inaddition, in order to take advantage
ofthe opportunities, especially those
created by the current market dislocation,
and for broader portfolio composition
considerations, we will continue to make
other investments alongside buybacks.
When invited to take over the PIP Chair, I was delighted to
accept. I share PIPs values of openness and transparency,
a team-based and non-egotistical spirit, and a genuine
deep-seated drive to add value and provide shareholders
withexcellent returns.
NAV per share and share price performance
NAV per share Share price Discount
20% 28%
21%
35% 41%
500p
400p
300p
200p
0p
100p
May 2019
May 2020 May 2022May 2021 May 2023
FINANCIAL YEAR
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 20
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
The Board has therefore decided upon
three key initiatives:
Firstly, given the material discount at which
the Company’s shares are currently trading
(42% at the time of writing), PIP intends to
commit up to £200m during the current
financial year to invest in its portfolio by
acquiring its own shares in order to capture
this value for shareholders.
Secondly, the Board intends to implement
an extension to its capital allocation policy
with effect from the next financial year.
This policy will dedicate a proportion of
theCompany’s net portfolio cash flow to
share buybacks. The exact proportion
willbe determined by reference to the
prevailing discount to NAV at which the
Company’s shares trade and will be
reviewed periodically.
In this way, the wider the discount at which
the Company’s shares trade at any time,
the more attractive the reinvestment
opportunity will be and thus the greater
theproportion of net realised cash flow
channelled to share buybacks whilst also
reinvesting to participate in the best private
equity opportunities. Further details of the
policy will be announced in due course.
In determining the level of £200m to be
committed to repurchasing PIP shares,
which represents approximately 15% of
PIP’s current market capitalisation, your
Board hasbeen very mindful, as you would
expect, of the impact on our balance sheet,
and in particular the likely headroom on our
credit facilities at a time when portfolio
distributions are at relatively low levels.
We believe this to be a significant but
nevertheless prudent amount for two
reasons.
Firstly, at the end of June, PIP had £60m of
net available cash and £500m of unused
credit facilities. Secondly, since a majority
of PIP’s new investments are now made
on a discretionary basis to individual
Chair’s Statement and Q&A with Shareholders
co-investments and secondaries, it is
possible to manage our cash position at
relatively short notice by dialling those
down if the outlook worsens, which would
not be the case if the whole portfolio
werecommitted to primary funds whose
drawdowns are not within PIP’s control.
The third initiative is to redouble our
marketing efforts to broaden the investor
base for PIP in order to increase demand
for PIP’s shares. In seeking to do so we are
mindful of the fact that when investment
trusts were created in the late 1880s, their
objective was to democratise investing
through allowing smaller investors to
diminish risk by spreading their investment
over a number of stocks. We view this as
being an important part of PIP’s raison
d’être today.
The best PE funds are “invitation-only”,
and attractive co-investment and
secondary opportunities are obtained
through close relationships with top
qualityPE managers. Also, PE managers
invariably require a high minimum level
ofinvestment in their funds. So it is not
possible for many investors to access
these types of investments directly, nor
tobuild up an appropriate degree of
diversification to spread the risk. PIP
offersimmediate access to a global,
well-diversified, high-quality portfolio of
private companies for all types of investors,
and is therefore an ideal vehicle through
which both institutions and individual
investors can achieve an appropriate
allocation to private equity. Furthermore,
since access is enabled through the
purchase ofshares traded on the stock
market, liquidity is provided in an otherwise
illiquidasset class.
With effect from the next financial year, thispolicy
will dedicate a proportion of the Companys net
portfolio cash flow to share buybacks.
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
PIP intends to commit up to £200m during the
current financial year to invest in its portfolio by
acquiring its own shares in order to capture this
value for shareholders.
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 21
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
expertise, credit market knowledge, ESG
understanding and a global perspective
through experience in North America, UK
& Europe, and Asia Pacific.
PIP benefits greatly from an experienced
team looking after it on a day-to-day
basis as well as from Pantheon’s global
platform, which includes 134 investment
professionals around the world.
The Pantheon team has decades of
experience of investing highly selectively
in PE funds and direct investments and
has steered PIP successfully through
multiple economic cycles. In my view,
thecollaborative culture of Pantheon,
based on teamwork, is vital to harnessing
the potential of PIP.
Both the Board’s and the Manager’s
interests are closely aligned with PIP’s
shareholders, as the Board Directors
collectively own 3.3m shares in the
Company, valued at the time of writing
at £8.7m, while 20 Partners of Pantheon
collectively held a further 2.7m shares asat
1 July 2023, which were valued at £7.1mat
the time of writing.
The expansion of senior resources
dedicated to PIP also applies to the
advisors and suppliers with whom we
work closely. As PIP’s NAV and its profile
have increased, our stable of partner
relationships has evolved over time
tounderpin this growth. J.P. Morgan
Cazenove has been appointed as Joint
Corporate Broker to work alongside
Investec Bank plc whose team has already
been supporting PIP for many years.
Chair’s Statement and Q&A with Shareholders
PIP is overseen by a talented and
committed Board of which I have been a
member since 2016 and have chaired
since October 2022. The Board does
notinclude anyone from our manager,
Pantheon, and acts in a fully independent
capacity, taking its responsibilities to
shareholders as the prime reason for its
existence, while at the same time working
in a highly collegiate and goals-focused
manner with Pantheon. Four of the seven
Directors have deep experience of PE, and
other expertise on the Board includes
marketing, PR, audit, investment trusts
andgovernment relations.
I indicated in my last letter to shareholders
that the Board had started a search for
twonew Non-Executive Directors (NED)
and I am delighted to report that we have
concluded that process. Zoe Clements
was appointed as NED on 5 July 2023 and
Rahul Welde on 25 July 2023. Zoe trained
as an accountant, has a background in a
variety of finance, private equity and
investment roles and experience of serving
on boards across a range of industries.
Rahul is a marketing and digital
professional who spent over 30 years in
senior, international roles at Unilever and
ison the board of a FTSE 100 company.
The appointment of Zoe and Rahul to
theBoard is an enhancement tothe
complementary mix of expertise
andexperience of PIP’s Directors, and
strengthens our finance, marketing and
audit skills as well as providing additional
operational and strategic knowhow.
Iknowthat they will both make an
important contribution to PIP.
The governance of PIP is the Board’s key
responsibility but of course its success
also depends on the people managing
PIP’s portfolio. At the end of June 2023,
JieGong, who has been an investment
partner at Pantheon for nearly ten years,
became a co-lead manager of the
Companyto work alongside Helen Steers.
This represents a broadening of the senior
resources dedicated to PIP as Jie brings her
transactional background, co-investment
Past experience of the PE industry has shown that
challenging economic times tend to coincide with
the years when the capital invested goes on to show
the strongest performance.
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
The third initiative is to redouble our marketing
efforts to broaden the investor base for PIP in order
to increase demand for PIPs shares.
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 22
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Issues Raised at Meetings
with Shareholders:
I will now move on to address some
specific issues that have come up in our
conversations in more detail.
Why do we have confidence in the value
of PIPs portfolio in todays markets?
As I mentioned, the discounts indicate
thatthe market does not believe in the
stated net asset values of listed PE
vehicles, particularly when market
sentiment is generally unfavourable.
Chair’s Statement and Q&A with Shareholders
Outlook
We are in a challenging period for the
worldeconomy and equity markets,
withgeopolitical shifts and uncertainties,
weakened global leadership, the war
between Russia and Ukraine, inflation and
the rise in interest rates. As a result, market
sentiment is nervous and tending towards
risk-off rather than the reverse.
Past experience of the PE industry has
shown that challenging economic times
tend to coincide with the years when the
capital invested goes on to show the
strongest performance. A general climate
of caution means that competition for
investments tends to be lower for those,
like ourselves, with stronger portfolios
andthe capacity to invest. Investment
multiples typically reset to lower entry
levels, future projections of performance
are less bullish, debt multiples are lower,
and return expectations either rise or
remain the same. In this environment,
thereis more upside than downside in
projected investment returns, which is
theopposite of what prevails when
economic and market conditions are
strong. These conditions are also
favourable for our top-tier managers,
whohave superior track records, typically
fewer problem investments and are able to
raise funds when the climate for doing so
ischallenging and are then able to deploy
those funds at attractive entry valuations.
Historically, private equity has shown
thatitis able to produce market-beating
returnsand this is reflected in PIP’s own
NAV which has continued to significantly
outperform the MSCI World and FTSE
All-Share indices over the long term. The
Company’s NAV held up well during the
financial year, growing modestly by 2.4%.
Your Board and I appreciate the shareholder
support that we have receivedduring the
last year and the time that many of you
have taken to meet us and express your
views. We believe that PIP is well positioned
at this point in the economic cycle and has
all the necessary components to offer
anattractive investment proposition to
existing and new investors alike. We hope
that shareholders will welcome and
support the initiatives which the Board is
now taking to seize the investment
opportunity before us.
PIP’s Strategic Report, set out on pages 3
to 54, has been approved by the Board
and should be read in its entirety by
shareholders.
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
2 August 2023
NAV per share progression
3
500p
450p
400p
350p
300p
May
2022
451.6p
Valuation
gains
1
FX
impact
1
Investment
income
1
Share
buybacks
Expenses
and
taxes
1,2
May
2023
15.6p
3.4p
(3.7p)
3.0p
(7.5p)
462.4p
+3.5% +0.8% (0.9%) (1.7%)+0.7%
+31.6%
+2.4%
SincePE valuations are based on the latest
figures provided by our managers, which
can be a month or two in arrears, one of
thestated reasons is that, when markets
decline, the valuations are overstated
andwill come down over time. Another
reflectsa concern that PE managers
aretoo optimistic and do not bring their
valuations down in line with the prevailing
outlook. In a risk-off environment there is
also a tendency for the higher perceived
risk of PE, owing perhaps to leverage and
the greater fragility of small companies, to
lead to a greater sell-off than in other asset
categories. In addition, PE vehicles recently
have all been affected indiscriminately by
the sharp decline in quoted technology
valuations that took place during 2022.
1 Figures are stated net of movements associated with the ALN share of the reference portfolio.
2 Taxes relate to withholding taxes on investment distributions.
3 PIP’s valuation policy for private equity funds is based on the latest valuations reported by the managers of the funds
inwhich PIP has holdings. In the case of PIP’s valuation as at 31 May 2023, 8% of reported valuations are dated 31 May
2023, 78% are dated 31 March 2023, 4% are dated 31 December 2022 and 1% are dated 30 September 2022 or older.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 23
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Chair’s Statement and Q&A with Shareholders
We understand these concerns but
believethat they are not justified in our
case by the facts and past experience.
Firstly, the evidence shows that when
ourPE managers sell an investment,
theaverage uplift over their latest prior
valuation is substantial. Last year, this uplift
was 27%, indicating that our valuations
relative to market are conservative rather
than overstated. Since 2012 our average
uplift has been 31%. Secondly, good
managers have no incentive to overvalue
their investments, partly since their
remuneration is not linked to those
valuations, but also because they would
rather surprise their investors on the upside
than the downside. Thirdly, we believe that
the risk of PIP’s highly diversified portfolio,
supported by highly experienced
managers, is no greater than that of a
diversified portfolio of public equities.
Fourthly, through its close relationship
withmost of its managers built up over
theyears, supported by its presence on
585advisory boards worldwide, Pantheon
environment in which their companies
operate extremely well. They are then
complemented by a team of operating
executives, all of whom have had proven
experience of improving the performance
of companies. Members of this operating
team work with the management of their
portfolio companies to improve operations
in the areas where they are deemed to be
weak. In the majority of their investments,
particularly in buyouts which comprise
over 70% of PIP’s portfolio, the PE fund as
shareholder owns a majority share of its
portfolio companies and is therefore able
to exert a considerable degree of influence,
including the ability to change the CEO or
other senior managers. PE fund executives
know their portfolio companies well and,
through close collaboration with their
management teams, decisions can be
taken quickly and problems addressed
atshort notice. Portfolio companies
alsohave immediate access to capital,
should this be required to take advantage
of acquisition opportunities or support
thebusiness through times of
unexpecteddifficulty.
Compared to publicly listed companies
therefore, these factors mean that PE-backed
companies typically have quicker decision-
making capabilities, more resources to make
acquisitions or access other cash needs at
short notice, shareholders who understand
their businesses and markets in detail,
immediate access to resources to effect
operating improvements, managers who are
highly incentivised to grow their businesses,
and the ability to be much more nimble.
Your Board believes that now, as before, PIPs
net asset value tends to be conservative rather
than the reverse, even when the prevailing outlook
has turned negative.
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
regularly probes the underlying valuation
methodologies that they use. Finally, in the
case of PIP, our exposure to venture capital
investments of the kind that experienced
asharp pullback last year is only about
3% ofthe portfolio. Further details of the
valuation methodologies used are set
outon page 156 of this report.
Your Board therefore believes that now,
asbefore, PIP’s net asset value tends to
beconservative rather than the reverse,
even when the prevailing outlook has
turned negative.
Why does your Board feel that the
risk of PIP’s diversified portfolio is
nogreater than that of an average
portfolio of listed equities?
The PE model has a number of advantages
over that of a publicly listed company.
ThePE fund managers with whom
Pantheon works are led by experienced
investment executives who are sector
specialists and know the markets and the
Another important factor is the composition
of PIP’s portfolio and the likelyresilience
ofits underlying companies in the face of
adownturn. As mentioned, over 70% of
PIP’s portfolio is in buyout investments
ofwell-established companies, many of
which are mid-market businesses with
attractive growth and margin profiles.
Ofthe remainder, the vast majority is in
smaller growth companies, mostly with
strong market positions and defensive
characteristics in attractive industry
sectors. Only a small proportion are in
loss-making businesses or in early-stage
tech businesses, which can behighly
volatile in both performance andvaluation.
Furthermore, PIP’s portfolio businesses
have been selected for investment by
experienced sector-based investors in
attractive market areas withlong-term
thematic growth drivers.Thedegree of
leverage in most of PIP’s portfolio
companies is relatively modest and lower
than that typically prevalent at the top
endof the market, which is the source of
much of the negative market commentary
about leverage.
As shown on page 103 of this report, the
average revenue and EBITDA growth of
a large sample of PIP’s buyout portfolio
companies is significantly higher than
thatof a portfolio of listed companies.
Since growth over time is the principal
driver of investment value and a source
ofvalue resilience in difficult times,
thisalso suggests that PIP’s portfolio
valuationis likely to be more resilient
than a comparable public portfolio.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 24
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
How is the rising interest rate
environment affecting our portfolio
companies and our management of
PIP’s balance sheet?
Since interest rates have risen sharply
over the last year, shareholders are
naturally concerned about the impact that
this is having on PIP’s portfolio companies
as well as on the management of PIP’s
balance sheet.
We consider the impact on portfolio
companies to be at two levels: firstly, the
impact of rising interest rates on the cost
of their debt, and secondly the fact that as
interest rates rise, earnings multiples and
therefore the valuations of businesses
tendto decline.
The managers that PIP backs and the
single-asset secondaries and
co-investments in which PIP invests
directly are focused primarily on growing
businesses that are cash-generative
andwhere the value creation comes
fromgrowth, operating improvements
andacquisitions rather than leverage.
Theaverage debt multiple for our
small-to-mid buyout investments, which
constitute almost half the portfolio, was
4.2x compared to the industry average
of5.9x, while the growth and venture
investments have very little or no leverage.
Furthermore, where companies do have
leverage, a significant proportion of their
debt is either at fixed rates or protected by
interest rate swaps. So far we have seen
little stress from the rise in interest rates
ineither our direct holdings or our fund
investments, based on feedback from
ourmanagers.
In terms of valuations, while the multiples
used by our managers have contracted
when appropriate in line with market
comparables, the underlying growth in
much of the portfolio has compensated
for that, which is why PIP’s NAV has
remained relatively static in spite of the
decline in multiples since the beginning of
2022. This is why we are confident in the
valuations provided to us by our managers
and the NAV of PIP.
Turning to PIP’s balance sheet, we monitor
the outlook carefully, run stress test sets
ofprojections and take a prudent view at
alltimes. This has become particularly
important recently, as we have seen the
distribution rates decline to levels similar
to those experienced in 2008 and 2009.
Over the last financial year the annualised
distribution rate from the portfolio declined
to 10% of NAV, resulting in distributions
of£222.5m, while calls, which were also
below average at 21% of commitments,
led to a cash outflow of £154.8m. In these
less favourable conditions, the portfolio
nevertheless generated a net cash inflow
of £67.6m, leaving £63m of available
cashon the balance sheet at the year end.
The cash position and our £500m of
unused credit facilities has led us to feel
comfortable about our decision to commit
up to £200m to invest in our own portfolio
by buying back PIP shares (subject to
discount levels), even if the environment
worsens to that which combines continuing
low distribution levels with a step-up in calls.
How does the consideration of
environmental, social and
governance (ESG) factors go
handinhand with generating
goodfinancial returns?
How companies conduct their business
and the impact that they have on the
environment and the communities in which
they operate is in the spotlight like never
before, with investors now looking beyond
simply making a financial return from the
companies that they back.
Pantheon has incorporated ESG
assessments into its investment process
for many years and continues to develop
its monitoring and due diligence
capabilities in this area, not only in its
directsecondary and co-investments but
also through its managers. PE managers
themselves are also increasingly aware of
the importance investors attach to ESG,
and the standard of assessment continuesto
rise. Pantheon has developed a scorecard
approach to its assessments which it
shares with its managers and uses as a
tool forimprovement.
Through these assessments, Pantheon
has been able to see if and when
implementing good ESG practices works
against achieving good financial returns
and is encouraged by the fact that this is
rarely the case. Furthermore, a number
ofportfolio investments have been
madebased on the growth opportunities
afforded by sustainability and impact.
PIP’smove to a majority of single-asset
investments has made our measurement
of ESG KPIs much easier, as we are
noweven closer to the companies in
ourportfolio.
Overall the Board is encouraged by the
enhancements that Pantheon has made
toits ESG approach and intends to
strengthen the reporting it receives by
nominating one of the Directors to
spearhead our oversight in this area,
whichour Senior Independent Director
hasbeen doing on an interim basis.
Chair’s Statement and Q&A with Shareholders
Read about the impact of interest
rates on private equity in a
conversation with Advent International
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 25
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Key Performance Indicators
WHAT THIS IS
Total shareholder return constitutes the return
to investors, after taking into account share price
movements (capital growth) and, if applicable,
any dividends paid during the period.
The Board’s strategy is to deliver returns for
shareholders through the growth in NAV and not
through the payment of dividends.
HOW PIP HAS PERFORMED
PIP’s ordinary shares had a closing price of 272.0p
at the year end (31 May 2022: 295.5p). This was
an 8% decline compared to the prior year.
Disappointingly, along with the listed private
equitysector, the share price discount to NAV
haswidened. The discount on PIP’s shares was
41% as at the year end (31 May 2022: 35%).
Themedian discount for listed private
equitypeers
1
as at the same date was 39%
(May2022: 34%).
LINK TO OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
Maximise shareholder returns through long-term
capital growth.
Promote better market liquidity and narrow
the discount by building demand for the
Company’s shares.
EXAMPLES OF RELATED FACTORS THAT WE MONITOR
Rate of NAV growth relative to listed markets.
Trading volumes for the Company’s shares.
Share price discount to NAV.
Five-year cumulative total shareholder return
120%
80%
20%
40%
0%
31 May 2021 31 May 2023
31 May 2022
109.2%
60%
64.8%
35.0%
100%
Performance
NAV per share growth
Five-year cumulative total
shareholder return
Portfolio investment return
Liquidity
Net portfolio cash flow
Undrawn coverage ratio
1 Peer group comprised: APEO, CTPE, HVPE, ICGT.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 26
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
1 Excludes valuation gains and/or cash flows associated with
the ALN.
Key Performance Indicators
WHAT THIS IS
NAV per share reflects the attributable value of a
shareholder’s holding in PIP. The provision of consistent
long-term NAV per share growth is central toour strategy.
NAV per share growth in any period is shown net
of foreign exchange movements and all costs
associated with running the Company.
The NAV is robustly calculated and the balance sheet
is audited by PIP’s auditors.
HOW PIP HAS PERFORMED
NAV per share increased by 10.8p during the year
to 462.4p (31 May 2022: 451.6p). This was an
increase of 2.4% compared to the prior year.
PIP’s NAV per share underperformed the MSCI
World by 1.9% over the financial year.
LINK TO OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
Investing in high performing private companies
alongside and through top tier private equity managers
globally, to maximise long-term capitalgrowth.
Containing costs and risks by constructing a
well-diversified portfolio in a cost-efficient manner.
EXAMPLES OF RELATED FACTORS THAT WE MONITOR
Valuations provided by the underlying private
equity managers.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
Tax efficiency of investments.
Effect of financing (cash drag) on performance.
Ongoing charges relative to NAV growth
and listed private equity peer group.
35%
20%
5%
10%
0%
31 May 2021 31 May 2023
31 May 2022
19.6%
15%
25%
31.0%
2.4%
30%
NAV per share growth during the year
Performance
NAV per share growth
1
Five-year cumulative total
shareholder return
Portfolio investment return
Liquidity
Net portfolio cash flow
Undrawn coverage ratio
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 27
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
1 Excludes valuation gains and/or cash flows associated with
the ALN.
See page 182 of the Alternative Performance Measures section
forcalculations and disclosures.
Key Performance Indicators
WHAT THIS IS
Portfolio investment return measures the total
movement in the valuation of the underlying
companies and funds comprising PIP’s portfolio,
expressed as a percentage ofthe opening portfolio
value, before takingforeign exchange effects and
other expenses intoaccount.
HOW PIP HAS PERFORMED
Modest increase in underlying portfolio valuation
against a backdrop of market volatility.
PIP’s portfolio is actively managed and focuses
onresilient, high-growth sectors.
LINK TO OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
Maximise shareholder returns through
long-term capital growth.
EXAMPLES OF RELATED FACTORS THAT WE MONITOR
Performance relative to listed markets and
listedprivate equity peer group.
Valuations provided by the underlying private
equity managers.
40%
20%
5%
10%
0%
31 May 2021 31 May 2023
31 May 2022
36.0%
15%
30%
26.2%
3.5%
35%
25%
Portfolio investment return
PerformanceLiquidity
Portfolio investment return
1
NAV per share growth
Five-year cumulative total
shareholder return
Net portfolio cash flow
Undrawn coverage ratio
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 28
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
1 Excludes valuation gains and/or cash flows associated with
theALN.
2 Excludes the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to
the ALN.
Key Performance Indicators
WHAT THIS IS
Net portfolio cash flow is equal to distributions less
capital calls to finance investments, and reflects the
Company’s capacity to finance calls from existing
investment commitments.
PIP manages its maturity profile through a mix
of primaries, secondaries and co-investments
toensure that its portfolio remains cash-generative
at the same time as maximising thepotential
forgrowth.
HOW PIP HAS PERFORMED
PIP’s portfolio generated £223m
(31 May 2022: £419m) of distributions versus
£155m of calls (31 May 2022: £187m).
In addition, the Company made new commitments
of £441m (31 May 2022: £496m) during the year,
£190m of which was drawn at the time of purchase
(31 May 2022: £160m).
At 31 May 2023, PIP’s portfolio had a weighted
average age of 4.8 years
2
(31 May 2022: 4.9 years).
LINK TO OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
Maximise long-term capital growth through
ongoing portfolio renewal while controlling
financing risk.
EXAMPLES OF RELATED FACTORS THAT WE MONITOR
Relationship between outstanding commitments
and NAV.
Portfolio maturity and distribution rates by vintage.
Commitment rate to new investment opportunities.
Net portfolio cash flow
£250m
£200m
£50m
£100m
£0m
31 May 2021 31 May 2023
31 May 2022
£68m
£150m
£232m
£199m
PerformanceLiquidity
NAV per share growth
Five-year cumulative total
shareholder return
Portfolio investment return
Net portfolio cash flow
1
Undrawn coverage ratio
Read more on PIPs historic
net portfolio cash flow here
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 29
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Key Performance Indicators
WHAT THIS IS
The undrawn coverage ratio is the ratio of available
financing and 10% of private equity assets to
undrawn commitments. The undrawn coverage
ratio is an indicator of the Company’s ability to meet
outstanding commitments, even in the event of a
market downturn.
HOW PIP HAS PERFORMED
The current level of commitments is consistent
with PIP’s conservative approach to balance
sheet management.
In line with historical experience, theCompany
expects undrawn commitments to be funded
over aperiod of several years.
LINK TO OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
Flexibility in portfolio construction, allowing the
Company to select a mix of manager-led secondaries,
co-investments and primary, and vary investment
pace, to achieve long-term capitalgrowth.
EXAMPLES OF RELATED FACTORS THAT WE MONITOR
Relative weighting of primary, secondary
andco-investments in the portfolio.
Level of undrawn commitments relative
to gross assets.
Trend in distribution rates.
Ability to access debt markets on favourable terms.
Undrawn coverage ratio
160%
100%
20%
60%
0%
31 May 2021 31 May 202331 May 2022
135%
120%
108%
98%
80%
40%
140%
PerformanceLiquidity
Portfolio investment return
NAV per share growth
Five-year cumulative total
shareholder return
Undrawn coverage ratio
1
Net portfolio cash flow
1 Outstanding commitments relating to funds outside their
investment period (>13 years old) were excluded from the
calculation as there is a low likelihood of these being drawn.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 30
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
INVESTMENT TYPE
Focus on maturity profile and potential to boost performance
INVESTMENT STAGE
Focus on mid-market andgrowth
SECTOR AND GEOGRAPHIC EXPOSURE
Global with a focus on high-growth and niche areas
Culture and Purpose
It is a requirement for all companies to set out their culture and purpose.
TheCompany’s defined purpose is relatively simple: it is to deliver our investment
strategy led by a Board that promotes strong governance and a long-term
investment approach that actively considers the interests of all stakeholders.
The Directors agree that establishing and maintaining a healthy corporate
culture within the Board and in its interaction with the Manager, shareholders
and other stakeholders will support the delivery of its purpose, values and
strategy. The Board seeks to promote a culture of openness and integrity
through ongoing dialogue andengagement with its service providers, principally
the Manager.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 31
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
The Board regularly reviews
PIP’s overall investment
strategy and it has formed
part of Board discussions
throughout the year.
Through the ongoing dialogue between
the Board and the Manager, Pantheon, the
Manager reports to the Board on progress
and highlights any obstacles or changes in
market conditions which may affect the
Company’s ability to achieve its strategic
goals. In cases where this may occur, the
Manager will propose solutions for which
itwill seek the support of the Board.
Equally, the Board maintains the flexibility
to propose amendments to the strategy
as it deems necessary.
In addition, the Board reviews individual
investments that exceed exposure limits,
which are set at appropriate levels to
reflectadiversified approach. At times,
the Manager may make recommendations
to the Board and seek approval for certain
investments that fall outside of any
limits expressed in the agreed strategic
approach, but which Pantheon believes to
be a good investment opportunity for PIP.
The Board maintains its independence at
all times and robustly challenges such
recommendations to ensure that they
are in the best interests of shareholders.
The Manager also reports to the Board
onPIP’smarketing and investor relations
activities, considering new initiatives that
could help to increase PIP’s profile, and
toreach potentialnew shareholders in
theCompany.
Building a resilient
portfolio that can deliver
long-term outperformance
Our Strategy
INVESTMENT TYPE
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 32
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Focus on maturity profile
and potential to boost
performance
Primaries, manager-led secondaries
andco-investments all have attractive
characteristics, as highlighted in the
Business Model on pages 35 to 41.
PIP’stransparent and direct investment
approach gives it the flexibility to take
advantage of prevailing market conditions
and to maximise control over the
Company’s financing risk, including its
ability to generate positive cash flows.
As the weighting towards co-investments
has been increased over time, the three
different investment types have
intentionally taken on more equal
weightings. These weightings do not
represent hard caps; however, the Board
and the Manager believe that this is the
optimal mix to benefit from the cash
generated by the more mature assets in
PIP’s portfolio while rejuvenating the
portfolio with the younger vintages offered
by primaries and co-investments. In
addition, we have been steering PIP’s
secondary investment strategy towards
manager-led secondaries which form a
fast-growing part of the secondary market
and are attractive for several reasons
ashighlighted on page 96. These
investments also provide younger
vintagesto the portfolio.
With an increased weighting towards
co-investments and manager-led
secondaries, we expect the number
ofunderlying managers and portfolio
companies to which the Company is
exposed to continue to reduce over
time.As a result, the potential for the
Company’s overall NAV to be driven by
theperformance of individual assets
should be increased while maintaining
thebenefits of a portfolio that is well
diversified by type, stage, geography
andsector.
1 Fund investment type is based upon underlying fund valuations and account for 100% of PIP’s overall portfolio value. The charts exclude the portion of thereference portfolio
attributable to the Asset Linked Note.
Our Strategy
Investment type
1
Primaries 34%
Co-investments 33%
Manager-led secondaries 19%
Fund secondaries 14%
The Board believes that there are several
benefits to this investment approach:
risk is effectively managed through
diversification while the improved
transparency of PIP’s underlying portfolio,
and increased investment flexibility, should
create a clearer link between the strongest
performing companies in the portfolio and
the potential to boost NAV growth in the
future. Also, Pantheon can remain highly
selective and disciplined when assessing
deal flow, while at the same time reducing
the risk of PIP being excluded from exciting
opportunities due to investment constraints.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 33
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
INVESTMENT STAGE
Focus on mid-market
andgrowth
PIP’s portfolio is diversified by stage.
While the Company’s strategy is to
maintain a healthy mix of all stages,
Pantheon and PIP favour the buyout
segments, with a particular focus on
thesmall and mid-market. The small/
mid-market offers distinct characteristics,
when compared withlarge deals, such as:
More attractively priced assets which
tend to have lower levels ofleverage
than the broader market average;
Greater visibility of the value drivers and
the levers to pull to improve operational
efficiency to better drive growth, both
organically and through buy-and-build
strategies; and
More routes to exit including strategic
acquisitions, sales to other private
equity managers or initial public
offerings (“IPOs”). In PIP’s case, it should
be noted that the majority of exits have
consistently been to strategic buyers
and other private equity managers,
withIPOs accounting for just 3% of
exitsduring the year to 31 May 2023.
Venture accounts for a very small
proportion of PIP’s portfolio and any
investment activity by PIP in early stage
venture funds is focused oninvesting
withtop-tier venture managers, mainly
through primary fund investments,
whoareable to identify innovative
opportunities with the potential to
generatesignificant outperformance.
Our Strategy
1 Stage chart is based upon underlying fund valuations and accounts for 100% of PIP’s overall portfolio value. The chart excludes the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the
Asset Linked Note.
2 Special situations investments can include distressed debt, mezzanine, energy/utilities and turnarounds.
Stage
1
Small/mid buyout 45%
Large/mega buyout 26%
Growth 20%
Special situations
2
6%
Venture 3%
While special situations include assets
withunique characteristics which can
offerpotential for outperformance, it is the
Board’s intention that special situations
investments will only be a small minority
oftheoverall portfolio.
SECTOR AND GEOGRAPHIC
EXPOSURE
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 34
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Global with a focus on
high-growth and niche areas
The Board is committed to offering investors
a global portfolio with investments in North
America, Europe, Asia and Emerging Markets.
It takes an active approach towards the
weightings of those geographies in response
to market conditions but supports the
majority of the Company’s capital being
invested in the USA and Europe where the
private equity markets are well established.
The Board relies on Pantheon’s investment
teams located around the world that can
take advantage of proprietary information
flows and access to opportunities through
their extensive networks of relationships.
It is Pantheon’s objective to identify managers
globally that are able to take a thematic
approach and focus on high-growth sectors,
many of whichmay not be fully represented
by the public markets. In addition, Pantheon
has a deliberate strategy of targeting sectors
experiencing dislocation, as well as niches
where underlying growth is less correlated
to GDP growth. Recent examples of this have
been within the Information Technology and
Healthcare sectors. For more information
on the sectors inwhich PIP is invested,
see pages 74 and 75.
The Board believes that its oversight of the
Manager’s activities, while at the same time
allowing Pantheon the flexibility that it needs
to make the appropriate investment decisions
on the Company’s behalf, ensures that PIP
is able to deliver on its strategic objectives
for shareholders over the long term.
1 The company sector chart is based upon underlying company valuations as at 31 March 2023, adjusted for calls and
distributions to 31 May 2023. These account
for 100% of PIP’s overall portfolio value.
2 Region is based upon underlying fund valuations and accounts for 100% of PIP’s overall portfolio value. Thechart
excludes the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the Asset Linked Note.
3 EM is Emerging Markets.
Our Strategy
Company sectors
1
Information technology 33%
Healthcare 19%
Consumer 14%
Financials 11%
Industrials 10%
Communication services 7%
Energy 3%
Materials 2%
Other 1%
Region
2
USA 54%
Europe 28%
Asia and EM
3
10%
Global 8%
Our Business Model
We aim to deliver
consistent returns
over the long term
Our investment process
Investment opportunities
in companies and
complementary funds
are originated via
Pantheon’s extensive and
well-established platform.
We invest with many of the
best private equity managers
who are able to identify
andcreate value in their
portfolio companies.
Cash generated from the
sale of those companies
is returned to PIP and
redeployed into new
investment opportunities.
What we do
PIP invests directly in private companies
worldwide through co-investments
alongside selected private equity managers
and through manager-led opportunities,
aswell as in complementary private
equityfunds.
An investment in PIP offers shareholders
exposure to a growing private market
ofover US$5.2tn
1
globally where the
bestprivate equity opportunities
mightotherwise be inaccessible to
shareholders.
We aim to deliver attractive and consistent
returns to shareholders over the long term,
and at relatively low risk. The Board remains
committed to its policy of maximising
capital growth and therefore, as in previous
years, is not proposing the payment of
a dividend.
Why we do it
Through Pantheon, we have an opportunity
to invest with and alongside many of the
best private equity managers globally based
on the trust and experience built up over the
40 years that Pantheon has been making
investments.
It is our aim to bring the attractive
credentials of private equity and its track
record of outperforming public markets
toa wider set of investors.
It is our mission to generate sustainably high
investment returns through an actively
managed, institutional grade portfolio of
private companies and funds built by
investing with the best managers globally.
How we do it
PIP’s Manager, Pantheon, has a
well-established platform built onthree
strategic pillars of investment: primary,
secondary and co-investments, with each
offering their own merits.
We believe that by combining the three
waysof accessing private equity
investments, we are able to:
Build and maintain a well-balanced
portfolio in a combination thatwe monitor
and manage with the aim of maximising
capitalgrowth;
Manage the maturity profile of the assets
so that PIP’s portfolio remains naturally
cash-generative on a sustainable basis;
and
Ensure that the vehicle remains as
cost-effective as possible forour
shareholders by reducing any potential
drag on returns.
1 Source: Preqin. As at 31 December 2022.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 35
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
We have full control over
portfolio construction
PIP has the opportunity to participate in all
of the private equity investments sourced
for it by Pantheon.
This means that:
We have control of investment
strategy, overseen by the fully
independent Board.
We have the flexibility to tilt the
portfolio towards where we see the
best fit for our long-term objectives.
We can accept or decline deals
without being “tied in” to other
Pantheon fund strategies.
We can control PIP’s investment
pacing according to its financial
resources at the time.
We have the flexibility to vary
the size of its commitments as
appropriate and in line with any
adjustments to its investment
strategy.
We avoid the additional costs
thatcan occur when investing
viaintermediate vehicles.
Our Business Model
CompanyCompanyCompanyCompany
PIP and
Pantheon
Pantheon is PIP’s
investment manager
Private
equity
manager
PIP
Pantheon
Pantheon
in-house
funds
PIP invests in private equity funds
managed by many of the best private
equity managers globally
PIP invests alongside private equity
managers directly into companies via
co-investments and manager-led secondaries
Company Company
Private
equity
manager
Private
equity
fund
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 36
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Our Business Model
Our investment strategies:
YEARS
We invest in a company
directly, alongside a private
equity manager.
Direct investment in individual companies which have attractive
growth characteristics and have effectively passed through a
“double quality filter”, alongside PIP’s leading private equity managers.
This boosts the performance potential because of asset selection,
and there are typically very low or no fees, making it a cost-effective
way of capitalising on the high value added by PIP’s selected managers.
Co-investments are through invitation only and are therefore not
accessible to most investors.
Direct company investments
52% of PIP's portfolio
1
Funds
48% of PIP's portfolio
1
Co-investments
Manager-led Secondaries
Primaries
Fund Secondaries
0
10 2 5 83 6 94 7 10 11 12
INVESTMENT PERIOD HARVEST PERIOD
NET
CASH
FLOW AT
EXIT
1 As at 31 May 2023.
CASH FLOW PROFILE
COMPANY
POINT
OF
ENTRY
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 37
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Our Business Model
Our investment strategies:
YEARS
0
10 2 5 83 6 94 7 10 11 12
We invest in a company directly,
alongside a private equity
manager, that the manager has
already owned for a period of
time and therefore knows well.
We partner with high-quality private equity managers to acquire,
as single transactions, their most attractive portfolio companies
via a continuation fund.
Allows the private equity manager to hold onto a prized asset,
which they believe has potential for further growth, when the fund
in which it is held comes to the end of its life.
Co-investments
Manager-led Secondaries
Primaries
Fund Secondaries
INVESTMENT PERIOD HARVEST PERIOD
NET
CASH
FLOW AT
EXIT
FUND
Direct company investments
52% of PIP's portfolio
1
Funds
48% of PIP's portfolio
1
1 As at 31 May 2023.
CASH FLOW PROFILE
POINT
OF
ENTRY
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 38
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Our Business Model
Our investment strategies:
We invest in a new private
equity fund when it is
established.
Captures exposure to top-tier, well-recognised managers as well
as to smaller niche funds that are generally hard to access.
Targets leading managers predominantly in the USA and Europe,
with a focus on funds which are unlikely to become available in the
secondary market.
Primaries
Fund Secondaries
Co-investments
Manager-led Secondaries
YEARS
0
10 2 5 83 6 94 7 10 11 12
INVESTMENT PERIOD HARVEST PERIOD
FUND
NET
CASH
FLOW AT
EXIT
Direct company investments
52% of PIP's portfolio
1
Funds
48% of PIP's portfolio
1
1 As at 31 May 2023.
CASH FLOW PROFILE
POINT
OF
ENTRY
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 39
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Our Business Model
Our investment strategies:
YEARS
We purchase the interests of
an investor in a fund or funds
typically late into, or after, the
investment period.
Targets favoured companies and funds at a stage when the
underlying assets’ performance is visible and the funds are
realising investments, returning cash to PIP more quickly.
One of the advantages of investing in secondaries is that earlier
fees will have been borne by the seller so total expenses are lower.
0
10 2 5 83 6 94 7 10 11 12
Primaries
Fund Secondaries
Co-investments
Manager-led Secondaries
INVESTMENT PERIOD HARVEST PERIOD
NET
CASH
FLOW AT
EXIT
FUND
Direct company investments
52% of PIP's portfolio
1
Funds
48% of PIP's portfolio
1
1 As at 31 May 2023.
CASH FLOW PROFILE
POINT
OF
ENTRY
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 40
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Our Business Model
What sets us apart
Proven track record and
focus on risk management
For 36 years, PIP has been able to adapt
quickly and effectively to changing market
conditions. This flexible and proactive
approach means that PIP is wellplaced to
continue to deliver onits long-term strategic
objectives. PIP’s NAVhas outperformed
itspublic market benchmark indices over
multipleperiods and since the Company’s
inception in 1987.
We pay close attention to the management
of risk. PIP provides a carefully constructed
and appropriately diversified portfolio for
investors with a particular emphasis on
well-established companies in the buyout
stage. This is supported by a prudently
managed balance sheet which has the
strength to continue to meet its outstanding
commitments, even in moredifficult
economic times. See page 43 formore
information on the balance sheet.
A global portfolio
Just over half of PIP’s portfolio is invested
intheUSA, which is the deepest, most
developed private equity market in the world
and is often inaccessible to many investors
in other regions. The next largest proportion
of the portfolio isinvested in Europe, with an
emphasis on Northern Europe,while the
remaining exposure is to faster-growing
economies such as Asia.
The presence of Pantheon’s teams in its
11offices around the world means that
theyare on the ground locally, working with
their extensive networks of relationships
with private equity managers and taking
advantage of proprietary information
flowsand access toopportunities. These
relationships enable Pantheon to source and
respond quickly to thebest deal flow inthose
regions. In addition, through its participation
on over 585
1
advisory boards globally,
Pantheon actively engages with itsprivate
equity managers onportfolio monitoring
issues on a continuousbasis.
Culture & Diversity
Pantheon has a strong culture of openness
andinclusive teamwork, and encourages
theexchange of ideas. PIP is supported by
455people around the world including a
large team of 134 investment professionals
2
.
PIP also benefits from a dedicated and
experienced team that looks after it on
aday-to-day basis. In keeping with its
collaborative culture, Pantheon avoids
investments in private equity managers
with“star” individuals which would give
riseto a higher degree of key personrisk.
From day one, Pantheon has understood
that adiverse workforce creates a more
productive environment. Each year,
Pantheon publishes statistics documenting
its global staff breakdowns according to
gender identity, ethnic diversity, LGBTQ+
anddisability profiles. The firm has
consistently exceeded industry averages
forgender diversity. Pantheon also
supportsa number of inclusion and diversity
initiatives and organisations around the
world. See page 81 for moreinformation.
2 As at 30 June 2023.1 As at 31 March 2023.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 41
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Investment Policy
Our investment policy is to
maximise capital growth
with acarefully managed
risk profile.
The Company’s policy is to make unquoted
investments. It does so by subscribing to
investments in new private equity funds
(“Primary Investment”), buying secondary
interests in existing private equity funds
(“Secondary Investment”), and acquiring
direct holdings in unquoted companies
(“Co-investments”), usually either where
a vendor is seeking to sell a combined
portfolio of fund interests and direct
holdings or where there is a private equity
manager, well knownto the Company’s
Manager, investing on substantially
thesame terms.
The Company may, from time to time, hold
quoted investments as aconsequence of
such investments being distributed to the
Company from its fund investments as
theresult of an investment in an unquoted
company becoming quoted. In addition,
the Company may invest in private equity
funds which are quoted. The Company will
not otherwise normally invest in quoted
securities, although it reserves the right to
do so should this be deemed to be in the
interests of the Company.
The Company may invest in any type of
financial instrument, including equity
and non-equity shares, debt securities,
subscription and conversion rights and
options in relation to such shares and
securities, and interests in partnerships
and limited partnerships and other
forms of collective investment schemes.
Investments in funds and companies
may be made either directly or indirectly,
through one or more holding, special
purpose or investment vehicles in which
one or more co-investors may also have
an interest.
The Company employs a policy of
over-commitment. This means that the
Company may commit more than its
available uninvested assets to investments
in private equity funds on the basis that
such commitments can be met from
anticipated future cash flows to the
Company and through the use of
borrowings and capital raisings
where necessary.
The Company’s policy is to adopt a global
investment approach. TheCompany’s
strategy is to mitigate investment risk
through diversification of its underlying
portfolio by geography, sector and
investment stage. Since the Company’s
assets are invested globally on the basis,
primarily, of the merits of individual
investment opportunities, the Company
does not adopt maximum or minimum
exposures to specific geographic regions,
industry sectors or the investment stage
ofunderlying investments.
In addition, the Company adopts the
following limitations for the purpose of
diversifying investment risk:
No holding in a company will represent
more than 15% by value of the
Company’s investments at the time
of investment (inaccordance with
the requirement for approval as an
investment trust which applied
to the Company in relation to its
accounting periods ended on and
before 30 June 2012).
The aggregate of all the amounts
invested by the Company (including
commitments to or in respect of) in
funds managed by a single management
group may not, in consequence of any
such investment being made, form more
than 20% of the aggregate of the most
recently determined gross asset value
of the Company and the Company’s
aggregate outstanding commitments
inrespect of investments at the time
such investment is made.
The Company will invest no more than
15% of its total assets in other UK-listed
closed-ended investment funds
(including UK-listed investment trusts).
The Company may invest in funds and
other vehicles established and managed
oradvised by Pantheon or any Pantheon
affiliate. Indetermining the diversification
of its portfolio and applying theManager’s
diversification requirement referred to
above, the Companylooks through vehicles
established and managed oradvised by
Pantheon or any Pantheon affiliate.
The Company may enter into derivatives
transactions for the purposes of efficient
portfolio management and hedging
(for example, hedging interest rate,
currency or market exposures).
Surplus cash of the Company may be
invested in fixed interest securities,
bank deposits or other similar securities.
The Company may borrow to make
investments and typically uses its
borrowing facilities to manage its cash
flows flexibly, enabling the Company to
make investments as and when suitable
opportunities arise, and to meet calls in
relation to existing investments without
having to retain significant cash balances
for such purposes. Under the Company’s
Articles of Association, the Company’s
borrowings may not at any time exceed
100% of the Company’s NAV. Typically,
the Company does not expect its gearing
to exceed 30% ofgross assets. However,
gearing may exceed this in the event that,
forexample, the Company’s future cash
flows alter.
The Company may invest in private equity
funds, unquoted companies or special
purpose or investment holding vehicles
whichare geared by loan facilities that
rankahead of the Company’s investment.
The Company does not adopt restrictions
on the extent to which it is exposed to
gearing in funds or companies in which
itinvests.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 42
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Financing Our Undrawn Commitments
Prudent balance sheet
management supports PIPs
long-term investment strategy.
We manage PIP to ensure that it has enough
liquidity to finance its undrawn commitments,
which represent capital committed to funds
but yet to be drawn by the private equity
managers, as well as to take advantage of
new investment opportunities. A critical part
of this exercise is ensuring that the undrawn
commitments do not become excessive
relative to PIP’s private equity portfolio and
available financing. We achieve this by
managing PIP’s investment pacing as well
as constructing its portfolio so that it has
the right balance of exposure to primaries,
manager-led secondaries and co-investments.
Managing our financing cover
PIP’s undrawn commitments were £857m
as at 31 May 2023 (31 May 2022: £755m).
Of the £857m undrawn commitments as
atthe period end, £48m relate to funds that
are more than 13 years old and therefore
outside their investment periods. Generally,
when a fund is past its investment period,
itcannot make any new investments
andonly draws capital to fund follow-on
investments or to pay expenses. As a
result, the rate of capital calls by these
funds tends to slow dramatically.
As at 31 May 2023, PIP had net available
cash
2
balances of £63m (31 May 2022:
£227m). In addition to these cash balances,
PIP also has access to a wholly undrawn
£500m multi-currency revolving credit
facility agreement (“loan facility”) that
expires in July 2027. Using exchange rates
at 31 May 2023, the loan facility amounted
to a sterling equivalent of £491m.
Therefore, the Company had £554m of
available financing as at the period end
(31 May 2022: £528m) which, along with
the value of the private equity portfolio,
1 Includes undrawn commitments attributable to the reference portfolio related to the ALN.
2 The available cash and loan figure excludes the current portion payable under the Asset Linked Note, which amounted
to £1.2m as at 31 May 2023.
3 Excludes outstanding commitments relating to funds outside their investment period (>13 years old), amounting to
£48.2m as at 31 May 2023 (31 May 2022: £57.1m).
provides comfortable cover of 3.7 times
(31 May 2022: 4.0 times) relative to
undrawn commitments for funds within
their investment periods.
Another important measure is the undrawn
coverage ratio, which is the ratio of available
financing and 10% of private equity assets
to undrawn commitments. The undrawn
coverage ratio is a key indicator of the
Company’s ability to meet outstanding
commitments, even in the event of a market
downturn, and was 98% as at 31 May 2023
(31 May 2022: 108%)
3
.
Coverage ratios
Portfolio value Net available cash and loan
2
Undrawn commitments
3
£3,500m
£2,500m
£2,000m
£1,500m
£1,000m
£500m
£0m
Porfolio and available financing
Undrawn commitments
£3,000m
2,476 560
788
3.7x
financing cover
98%
undrawn coverage ratio
Undrawn commitments
byvintage
1
2023 15%
2022 35%
2021 17%
2020 4%
2019 6%
2018 4%
2017 2%
2014–2016 7%
2010–2013 3%
2009 and earlier 7%
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 43
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
The Company is exposed to a variety of risks and uncertainties. The Board, through delegation to the Audit Committee, has undertaken a robust assessment and review of the principal risks facing PIP,
together with a review of any new and emerging risks that may have arisen during the year to31 May 2023, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or
liquidity. A summary of the risk management and internal control processes can be found in the Statement on Corporate Governance on pages 128 to 134.
Investment and strategy risk
Type and description of risk Potential impact Risk mitigation Outcome for the year
Investment performance
The Manager selects the investments for the
Company’s portfolio. Theorigination, investment
selection and management capabilities ofboth
theManager and third-party managers are key to
theperformance of the Company.
Performance not comparable to benchmark/
industry average. Consistently poor performance
may lead to a fall in the quoted share price and
impact share price discount to NAV.
The Manager has a long track record of investing
alongside private equity managers with experience
ofnavigating economic cycles. Diversification by
geography, stage, vintage and sector, helps to
mitigatethe effect of public market movements on
theCompany’s performance.
Stable during the year
PIP continues to adopt a diversified approach
toportfolio construction.
In historical periods of significant public market
volatility, private equity market valuations have
typically been less affected than public equity
market valuations.
Portfolio investment return of 3.5% in the year
to31 May 2023.
Market factors
Inflation, interest rates and equity market performance
can affect portfolio investment returns.
Impact of general economic conditions on
underlying fund and company valuations, exit
opportunities and the availability of credit.
Higher risk of market volatility, price shocks
orasignificant market correction.
As part of its investment due diligence process,
Pantheonassesses the approach of its managers to
company illiquidity and macroeconomic factors as well
as projected exit outcomes.
Rising during the year
Resilient performance of the portfolio despite
achallenging macro environment.
Valuations
In valuing its investments in private equity funds
andunquoted companies and publishing its NAV,
theCompany relies to a significant extent on the
accuracy of financial and other information
providedby third party managers.
Potential for inconsistency in the valuation
methods adopted by third party managers
andfor valuations tobe misstated.
The valuation of investments is based on periodically
audited valuations that are provided by the underlying
private equity managers.
Pantheon carries out a formal valuation process
involving monthly reviews of valuations, the verification
of audit reports and a review of any potential
adjustments required to ensure reasonable valuations
in accordance to fair market value principles under
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).
Pantheon’s Valuation Committee, which is independent
of the investment and investor relations teams, and
comprised of senior team members, has ultimate
responsibility for approving valuations, ensuring that
thereare robust governance, oversight and process
frameworks in place, guaranteeing compliance with
standards and consistent application of policy.
Stable during the year
No material misstatements concerning the
valuations provided by underlying private equity
managers and the existence of investments
during the year.
Risk Management and Principal Risks
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 44
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Investment and strategy risk
Type and description of risk Potential impact Risk mitigation Outcome for the year
Level of discount
A decline in the popularity of the private equity sector
hascontributed to a reduction in demand for the
Companys shares.
Market sentiment on the listed private equity
sector can affect the Company’s share price
andwiden discounts relative to NAV, causing
shareholder dissatisfaction.
Regular review of the level of discount or premium
relative to the sector.
Consideration of ways in which share price performance
may be enhanced including the effectiveness of
marketing and policies such as share buybacks.
The Board regularly discusses the shareholder register
with the Manager so as to monitor buying/selling activity
and to identify potential new investors.
The Manager and the Company’s broker are in regular
contact with existing shareholders and prospective
newinvestors.
Rising during the year
Private equity continues to outperform public
markets over the long term and has proved to be
an attractive asset class through various cycles.
However, in line with the sector, the Company’s
share price discount to NAV has widened during
the year.
PIP is committing up to £200m to share
buybacks during the financial year to 31 May
2024. The Board intends to dedicate a
proportion of the Company’s net portfolio
cashflow to future share buybacks.
Vehicle financing
Availability, level and cost of credit for the Company.
Potential impact on performance and liquidity,
especially in the event of a market downturn.
PIP’s Articles of Association and investment policy
impose limits on the amount of gearing that the
Company can take on.
The periodic review of principal covenants for the loan
facility ensures thatthe Company complies with loan to
value and liquidity ratios.
The Board conducts regular reviews of the balance sheet
and long-term cash flow projections, including downside
scenarios that reflect the potential effects of significant
declines in NAV performance, adverse changes in
call/distribution rates and restrained liquidity sourcing
in a distressed environment.
Stable during the year
Cash flow forecasts under normal and stress
conditions were reviewed with the Board.
Downside scenario modelling indicates that
theCompany has the available financing in
placeto meet investment commitments,
eveninan environment characterised by
largeNAV declines and a material reduction
indistribution activity.
There was no gearing at the Company level as
at the end of the financial year.
Lookthrough gearing
Availability, level and cost of debt for underlying
fundsand portfolio companies.
Rising interest rates can impact the profitability
and valuation of underlying portfolio companies.
A deterioration in credit availability can
potentially reduce investment activity.
As part of its investment process, the Manager
undertakes a detailed assessment of the impact of debt
at the underlying fund level and underlying company level
on the risk-return profile of a specific investment.
Rising during the year
Whilst debt multiples in PIP’s buyout portfolio
remain at reasonable levels as at year end, the
collapse of SVB, created a shock to the credit
markets, reducing the availability of credit and
increasing the cost of debt.
Risk Management and Principal Risks
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 45
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Investment and strategy risk
Type and description of risk Potential impact Risk mitigation Outcome for the year
Liquidity management
Insufficient liquid resources to meetoutstanding
commitments toprivate equity funds.
The Company has outstanding commitments
that may be drawn down at any time in excess of
total liquidity to private equity funds. The ability
to fund this difference is dependent on receiving
cash proceeds from investments (the timing of
which are unpredictable) and the availability of
financing facilities.
PIP has a mature portfolio that is naturally cash
generative.
In the event that cash balances and cash distributions
areinsufficient to cover capital calls, PIP has the ability
todraw funds from a credit facility.
Pantheon manages the Company so that undrawn
commitments remain at an acceptable level relative to
its portfolio assets and available financing.
The Board conducts a comprehensive review of the
Company’s cash flow forecasts under different
scenarios on a regular basis.
Stable during the year
PIP has access to a £491m loan facility that
expires in July 2027. Together with PIP’s net
available cash balances of £63m, total available
financing as at 31 May 2023 stood at £554m.
Total available financing, along with the private
equity portfolio, was greater than outstanding
commitments by a factor of 3.7 times.
Investment rate
Lack of suitable investment opportunities to meet
strategicobjectives.
Change in risk profile as a result of manager,
fund or company exposures that are materially
different from the Company’s intended strategy.
Pantheon has put in place a dedicated investment
management process designed to achieve the intended
investment strategy agreed with the Board.
The Board regularly reviews investment and financial
reports to monitor the effectiveness of the Manager’s
investment processes.
Stable during the year
During the year, PIP has invested within strategic
limits for vintage year, geography and stage
allocations, as well as within concentration limits
for individual managers, funds and companies.
Foreign exchange risk
PIP has continued to expand its geographic
diversityby making investments in different
countries. Accordingly, a significant majority of
PIP's investments are denominated in US dollars,
euros and currencies other thansterling.
Unhedged foreign exchange rate movements
could impact NAV total returns.
The Manager monitors underlying foreign currency
exposure and together with the Board, reviews hedging
strategies available to the Company.
As part of its investment process, the Manager takes
currency denominations into account when assessing
the risk/return profile of a specific investment.
The multi-currency credit facility is a natural hedge
for currency fluctuations relating to outstanding
commitments.
Stable during the year
There was no material change in the Company’s
exposure to foreign exchange currency risk in
theyear.
Foreign exchange had a negative impact on
NAVperformance during the year. Despite this,
itremains appropriate for the Company not to
hedge its foreign exchange exposure.
Risk Management and Principal Risks
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 46
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Operational risk
Type and description of risk Potential impact Risk mitigation Outcome for the year
Tax Status
Changes in the Company’s tax status or in tax
legislation andpractice.
Failure to understand tax risks when investing
ordivesting could lead to tax exposure or
financial loss.
Pantheon’s investment process incorporates an
assessment of tax.
The Manager reviews the appropriateness of an
investment’s legal structure to minimise the potential
tax impact on the Company.
Stable during the year
Taxes had a minimal effect on overall NAV
performance in the year.
Service Providers
The Company is dependent on third parties for
theprovision of services and systems, especially
those of the Manager, the Administrator and
theDepositary.
Business disruption should the services of
Pantheon and other third-party suppliers cease
to be available to the Company.
A failure of the Manager to retain or recruit
appropriately qualified personnel may have a
material adverse effect on the Company’s
overall performance.
The Board keeps the services of the Manager and
third-party suppliers under continuous review.
The Management Agreement is subject to a notice
period of two years, giving the Board adequate time to
make alternative arrangements in the event that the
services of Pantheon cease to be available.
The Manager regularly updates the Board on team
developments and succession planning.
The Board performs an ongoing review of the Investment
Manager’s performance in addition to a formal annual
review.
Stable during the year
The Board has approved the continuing
appointment of the Manager and other service
providers following an assessment of their
respective performance during the year.
Pantheon operates a hybrid working model and
is confident of being able to continue to meet
PIP’s needs through this model.
Cyber Security
High dependency on effective information
technology systems to support key business
functions and the safeguarding of sensitive
information.
Significant disruption to information technology
systems, including from a potential cyber attack,
may result in financial losses, the inability to
perform business-critical functions, loss or
theftof confidential data, regulatory censure,
legal liability and reputational damage.
Pantheon has a comprehensive set of policies, standards
and procedures related to information technology and
cybersecurity.
Ongoing investment and training to improve the reliability
and resilience of Pantheon’s information technology
processes and systems.
Rising during the year
Pantheon’s systems, processes and
technologies have been thoroughly tested
andare fully operational.
An imposter website was identified during the
period, which used PIP’s branding and marketing
material in relation to a fictitious cryptocurrency
investment. This was removed, but appeared
under a new name. The Manager is pursuing
theremoval of this website and monitoring the
occurrence of other similar websites.
Pantheon has identified an expert vendor who
can provide the service of identifying new
fraudulent sites and facilitate the subsequent
take-down once discovered.
Risk Management and Principal Risks
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 47
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Operational risk
Type and description of risk Potential impact Risk mitigation Outcome for the year
Global geopolitical risks
Political and macro-economic factors including the
Russia–Ukraine war and the resulting economic
uncertainty may affect the Company.
Market and currency volatility may affect
returns.
Geopolitical undercurrents may disrupt
long-term investment and capital allocation
decision-making.
Pantheon continuously monitors geopolitical
developments and societal issues relevant to
itsbusiness.
Stable to rising during the year
Pantheon’s established Risk, Legal and Tax
functions have ensured compliance with local
laws and regulations.
An assessment of geopolitical risk is embedded
in Pantheon’s investment process.
PIP’s exposure to high risk countries is minimal.
PIP’s de minimis legacy exposure to Russian
assets were reduced to zero during the
financial year.
ESG and climate change
The risk that the Company or the Manager fails to
respond appropriately to the increasing global focus
on Environmental, Social and Governance issues.
The Company is exposed to the impact of a
mismanagement or failure to recognise
potential ESG issues at portfolio company
level, industry level, service provider, and Board
level, which could damage the reputation and
standing of the Company and ultimately affect
its investment performance.
The Manager has a responsible approach when making
investments on behalf of PIP. Adherence to sound
ESGprinciples has been an integral par t of Pantheons
pre- and post-investment processes for several years.
Pantheon continues to play an influential role in
promoting ESG standards and Diversity & Inclusion
inprivate equity.
Stable during the year
Pantheon has an established in-house ESG
committee comprising senior individuals
from its investment, risk, legal and investor
relations teams.
The Board of PIP has full oversight of ESG
matters in PIP’s portfolio.
Risk Management and Principal Risks
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 48
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
s172(1) Statement
The Directors’ overarching
duty is to act in good faith and
in a way that is the most likely
to promote the success of PIP,
as set out in Section 172 of
theCompanies Act 2006.
In doing so, the Directors must take into
consideration the interests of the various
stakeholders of the Company, the impact
PIP has on the community and the
environment, take a long-term view on the
consequences of the decisions they make,
as well as aim to maintain a reputation for
high standards of business conduct and
fair treatment between the members of the
Company.
Fulfilling this duty supports PIP in achieving
its investment strategy and helps to ensure
that all decisions are made in a responsible
and sustainable way. In accordance with
the requirements of the Companies
(Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations
2018, the Company explains how the
Directors have discharged their duties
under Section 172 below.
To ensure that the Directors are aware of
and understand their duties, they are
provided with pertinent information when
they first join the Board and receive regular
and ongoing updates and training on
relevant matters. They also have continued
access to the advice and services of the
Company Secretary and, when deemed
necessary, the Directors can seek
independent professional advice.
The Schedule of Matters Reserved for the
Board, as well as the terms of reference of
its Committees, are reviewed on an annual
basis and further describe Directors’
responsibilities and obligations, and
include any statutory and regulatory duties.
The Audit Committee has responsibility
forthe ongoing review of PIP’s risk
management systems and internal
controls and, to the extent that they are
applicable, risks related to the matters
setout in Section 172 are included on
PIP’s risk register and are subject to
regular review and monitoring.
Decision-making
The importance of stakeholder
considerations, in particular in the context
of decision-making, is taken into account
atevery Board meeting. All discussions
involve careful consideration of the
longer-term consequences of any
decisions and their implications for
stakeholders. Further information on
therole of the Board in safeguarding
stakeholder interests and monitoring
ongoing investment activity can be
foundon pages 26 to 34 of the
StrategicReport.
Stakeholders
The Board seeks to understand the
needsand priorities of PIP’s stakeholders
and these are taken into account during
all its discussions and aspart of its
decision-making. During theperiod under
review, the Board has continued to discuss
and monitor whichparties should be
considered as stakeholders of the Company
and has again concluded that, as PIP isan
externally managed investment company
and does not have any employees or
customers, its key stakeholders comprise
its shareholders, the Investment Manager,
General Partners, portfolio companies
andservice providers. The section below
discusses why these stakeholders are
considered of importance to the Company,
and the actions taken toensure that their
interests are taken intoaccount.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 49
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Importance Board engagement
Shareholders
Continued shareholder support and engagement is
critical to the Company and the delivery of its long-term
strategy. Further details on what PIP offers to its
investors can be found on pages 3 to 17 of the
StrategicReport.
The Board is committed to maintaining open
channels of communication and to engage
with shareholders in a meaningful manner in
order to gain an understanding of their views.
These include:
AGM: The Company welcomes and
encourages attendance and participation
of shareholders at the AGM. Shareholders
have the opportunity to meet the Directors
and Investment Manager, Pantheon, and
toaddress questions to them directly.
Pantheon attends the AGM and gives a
presentation on PIP’s performance and the
future outlook. TheCompany values any
feedback andquestions that it may receive
from shareholders ahead of and during the
AGMand will take action or make changes,
as and when appropriate;
Publications: The Annual Report and
Half-Year results are made available on
PIP’s website (www.piplc.com) and
shareholders are notified when the Annual
Reports are available. These reports provide
shareholders with a clear understanding
ofPIPs business model, strategy, portfolio
and financial position. This information is
supplemented by a monthly newsletter,
which is available on the website and the
publication of which is announced via
theLondon Stock Exchange. In addition,
aquarterly PIP News and Views” update
iscirculated by the Manager to institutional
investors and analysts which provides a
round-up of news, research and views, and
highlights key points of interest relating to
PIP. Feedback and/or questions that the
Company receives fromshareholders
helpthe Company to evolveits reporting,
aiming to render the reports and updates
transparent and understandable;
Shareholder meetings: As PIP is an
investment trust, shareholder meetings
often take the form of meeting with the
Investment Manager. Shareholders are
able to meet with Pantheon throughout the
year and theManager provides information
on the Company. Feedback from meetings
between the Investment Manager and
shareholders is shared with the Board.
TheChair, the Senior Independent Director,
the Chair of the Audit Committee and other
members of the Board are available to
meet with shareholders to understand
theirviews on governance and PIP’s
performance should they wishto do so.
With assistance from the Manager, the
Chair seeks meetings with shareholders
who might wish to meet withhim and a
significant number of meetings has been
held with shareholders throughout the year
to 31 May 2023 and since the year end;
Shareholder concerns: In the event that
shareholders wish to raise issues or
concerns with the Directors, they are
welcome to do so at any time by writing
tothe Chair at the registered office. Other
members of the Board are also available
toshareholders if they have concerns
thathave not been addressed through
thenormal channels; and
Investor Relations updates: At almost
every Board meeting, the Directors receive
updates from the Company’s broker on
theshare trading activity and share price
performance, as well as an update from
Pantheon’s Head of Investor Relations
&Communications for PIP on specific
shareholder feedback. Any pertinent
feedback is taken into account when
Directors discuss the investment strategy.
The willingness of the shareholders to
maintain their holdings over the long term
is another way for the Board to gauge how
PIP is meeting its objectives.
s172(1) Statement
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 50
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
s172(1) Statement
Importance Board engagement
The Manager
Holding the Company’s shares offers investors a liquid
investment vehicle through which they can obtain
exposure to PIP’s diversified portfolio of private equity
investment opportunities and Pantheons relationships
with its private equity managers (General Partners or
“GPs”). The Manager’s performance is critical for PIP
to successfully deliver its investment strategy and
meet its objective to provide shareholders with
attractive and consistent returns over the long term.
Further details of PIP’s investment approach can be
found on pages 31 to 41 of the Strategic Report.
Maintaining a close and constructive
working relationship with the Manager is
crucial as the Board and the Manager both
aim to achieve consistent, long-term returns
in line with PIP’s investment strategy. The
Board is in regular contact withthe Manager
to receive updates on investment activity.
Important components in the collaboration
with the Manager, representative of the
Company’s culture are:
Encouraging an open discussion with
theManager, allowing time and space for
original and innovative thinking;
Recognising that the interests of
shareholders and the Manager are, for the
most part, well aligned, adopting a tone
ofconstructive challenge, balanced with
robust negotiation of the Managers terms
of engagement if those interests should
not be fully aligned;
The regular review of underlying strategic
and investment objectives;
Drawing on Directors’ individual experience
and knowledge to support and challenge
the Manager in its monitoring of portfolio
companies and engagement with its GPs;
and
The Directors’ willingness to use their
experience to support and challenge
theManager in the sound long-term
development of its business and
resources, recognising that the long-term
health of the Manager’s business is in the
interests of shareholders in the Company.
GPs/portfolio companies
PIP’s investment strategy is focused on backing
managers that create sustainable value in the
underlying portfolio companies. The Manager has
extensive private equity networks and relationships
with private equity managers globally, which gives
theCompany increased access to the best
investmentopportunities.
The relationship with Pantheon is
fundamental to ensuring PIP meets its
purpose. Day-to-day engagement with GPs
is undertaken by Pantheon. Detailsof how
Pantheon carries out portfolio management,
as well as information on how GPs
consistently transform companies to create
long-term value, can be found in the
Manager’s Review on pages 55 to 115.
TheBoard receives updates at each
scheduled Board meeting from the Manager
on specific investments, including regular
valuation reports and detailed portfolio and
returns analyses. Pantheon’s engagement
with GPs and due diligence of portfolio
companies through the investment process
and its investment strategies can be found in
the Strategic Report on pages 3 to 13 and
pages 35 to 41 and in the Manager’s Review.
The Administrator, the Company
Secretary, the Registrar, the
Depositary and the Broker
In order to function as an investment trust with a
premium listing on the London Stock Exchange,
PIP relies on a diverse range of reputable advisers
for support in meeting all relevant obligations.
The Board maintains regular contact with its
key external providers and receives regular
reports from them, both through the Board
and committee meetings, as well as outside
of the regular meeting cycle. Their advice, as
well as their needs and views, are routinely
taken into account.
The Board (through the Management
Engagement Committee) formally assesses
the performance, fees and continuing
appointment of key service providers
annually to ensure that they continue to
function at an acceptable level and are
appropriately remunerated to deliver the
expected level of service. The Audit
Committee reviews and evaluates the
financial reporting control environments
inplace at each service provider.
The Environment and society
The Board continues to increase emphasis on
theimportance of ESG factors in its investment
deliberations. The Board and the Manager are
fullycommitted to managing the business and its
investment strategy responsibly.
The Board receives regular updates on
Pantheon’s ESG strategy and provides
feedback on their approach, which in turn
can lead to changes in its investment
approach.
Full details on the Manager’s ESG practices,
including examples of interaction with GPs,
can be found on pages 16 to 19 and 76 to 81.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 51
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
s172(1) Statement
Importance Board engagement
Revolving credit facility providers
Availability of funding is crucial to PIP’s ability to take
advantage of investment opportunities as they arise
aswell as being able to meet future unfunded
commitments.
The Company aims to demonstrate to its facility syndicate that it is a well-managed business, capable of consistently delivering long-term
returns. Regular dialogue between the Manager and the syndicate is crucial to supporting PIP’s relationship with its lenders.
Regulators
PIP can only operate as an investment trust if it
conducts its affairs in compliance with such status.
Interaction with regulators such as the Financial
Conduct Authority (“FCA) and Financial Reporting
Council (FRC), who have a legitimate interest in how
the Company operates in the market and treats
itsshareholders, and industry bodies such as the
Association of Investment Companies (“AIC”),
remainsan area of Board focus.
The Company regularly considers how it meets various regulatory and statutory obligations and how any governance decisions it makes can
have an impact on its stakeholders, both in the shorter and in the longer term. The Board receives reports from the Manager and Auditor on
theirrespective regulatory compliance and any inspections or reviews that are commissioned by regulatory bodies.
The mechanisms for engaging with the stakeholders are kept under review by the Directors and will be discussed on a regular basis at Board meetings to ensure that they remain
effective. Examples of the Board’s principal decisions during the year, how the Board fulfilled its duties under section 172, and the related engagement activities, are set out below:
Principal decision Long-term impact Stakeholder considerations and engagement
Capital allocation
The Board continually explores how to optimise
the investment trust structure for the asset
class in order to maximise benefits to
shareholders. This includes discussion of the
capital allocation policy with Pantheon and
considering buying back the Company’s
shareswhen this is likely to outperform new
investments due to the prevailing discount
toNAV.
Funds were made available for share buybacks during the year and 7.6 million shares were
bought back. As discussed in the Chair’s Statement on page 20, during the year and
following the year end, the Board has extensively discussed the options available to
address the prevailing level of discount, taking shareholder feedback into account.
As a result, the Board has settled upon the three key initiatives set out on page 21.
Direct shareholder feedback
Communication with shareholders is given a
high priority by the Board and the Manager, and
all Directors are available to enter into dialogue
with shareholders.
Following his appointment the Chair offered to meet with major shareholders. During the
year and following year end, he met with a significant number of shareholders who
accepted this invitation. Further details on the matters raised at meetings with
shareholders and the Company’s response are set out on pages 23 to 25.
Pantheon and the Board also hosted a capital markets event during the year. This provided
an opportunity for dialogue between the Board and shareholders, as well a chance to
update shareholders on the Company and its investment activities.
During the year, the Board also complied with a direct request from a major shareholder to
publish a link to Pantheon’s Modern Slavery Statement on the Company’s website.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 52
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
s172(1) Statement
Principal decision Long-term impact Stakeholder considerations and engagement
Board succession planning
Effective succession planning, leading to the
refreshment of the Boardand its diversity
is necessary for PIP’s long-term success.
The Nomination Committee is responsible for Board recruitment andconducts a
continuous and proactive process of planning and assessment, taking into account the
Company’s strategic priorities and the main trends and factors affecting PIP’s long-term
success and future viability. As at the year end, the Board consisted of five Directors: three
male and two female.
Following the resignation of Ms Sakovska and Sir Laurie Magnus CBE’s retirement during
the year and as part of ongoing succession planning, the Nomination Committee reviewed
thebalance of skills and diversity on the Board as well as the Diversity Policy, andfollowing
a search process recommended two candidates who were appointed to the Board
following the year end. The search requirements included a preference forcandidates
witha strong background in private equity, marketing and governance, aswell as
ethnicandgender diversity. The appointments of the two new Directors have increased
both the ethnic and gender diversity of the Board and brought this in line with the three
targets set in the Listing Rules. For further information see pages 129 and 130.
During the year, following the conclusion of PIP’s Annual General Meeting (theAGM”)
inOctober 2022, Sir Laurie Magnus CBE retired as a Director of the Company and
JohnSinger CBE assumed the role of Chair.
Marketing initiatives
Various marketing initiatives have been
agreed with the Board during the period to
increase the attractiveness of PIP to new and
existing investors and improve the liquidity of
the stock.
Marketing initiatives undertaken include the appointment of a new PR agency during the
financial year as well as a programme of digital marketing and events targeting both
institutional and retail investors.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 53
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Viability Statement
Pursuant to provision 31 of
theUK Corporate Governance
Code 2018, and the AIC Code
of Corporate Governance,
theBoard has assessed the
viability of the Company over
athree-year period from
31May 2023. It has chosen
this period as it falls within
theBoards strategic
planninghorizon.
The Company invests in a portfolio of
private equity assets that is diversified
bygeography, sector, stage, manager
andvintage; it does so via both fund
investments and by co-investing directly
into companies alongside selected
privateequity managers. The Company
invests significantly in the private equity
secondaries market as this allows the
Company to maintain a more mature
portfolio profile that is naturally
cash-generative in any particular year.
The Company seeks to maximise
long-term capital growth by investing
withtop-tier private equity managers that
are focused on generating outperformance
against thebroader private equity market.
As an investment trust, the Company’s
permanent capital structure is well suited
to investing in private equity, a long-term
asset class. The Company’s Manager has
a long-standing culture that emphasises
collaboration and accountability,
facilitating open dialogue with underlying
private equity managers that help the
Company to anticipate market conditions
and maintain a conservative approach to
balance sheet management. The resilience
of the Company, positioning of the portfolio
and durability of the private equity market
are detailed on pages 56 to 59.
In making this statement, the Directors
have reviewed the reports of the
Investment Manager in relation to the
resilience of the Company, taking account
of its current position, the principal risks
facing it in a low case scenario which
considers the potential further impact
ofthe ongoing geopolitical uncertainties
asa result of the Russia-Ukraine conflict
including the disruption to the global supply
chain and increases in the cost of living as
result of this conflict, persistent inflation,
interest rate rises and the impact of
climatechange on PIP’s portfolio, the
effectiveness of any mitigating actions
andthe Company’s risk appetite. The
assessment also considers the impact
ofshare buybacks in the period and the
impact of an “automatic” share buyback
programme, the amount of which will be
determined by net portfolio inflows and the
prevailing level of discount.
As part of the assessment this also
included a combined reverse stress test
that analyses the factors that would have
to simultaneously occur for the Company
to be forced into a wind-down scenario
where the Company’s business model
would no longer remain viable. These
circumstances include a significant peak
inthe outstanding commitments called
within a 12-month period, combined
withasignificant decline in the portfolio
valuations and distributions. Overall,
thereverse stress tests are sufficiently
improbable as to provide a lowlikely risk
ofimpact to the Company’s viability and
medium-term resilience.
Commitments to new funds are controlled
relative to the Company’s assets, and the
Company’s available liquid financial
resources are managed to maintain a
reasonable expectation of being able to
finance the calls, which arise from such
commitments, out of internally generated
cash flow. The Company also has the
ability to control capital allocation to
co-investments and directinvestments
as a way of bringing inany immediate
measures to ensure that the Company can
cope with the liquidity implications of a
worsening environment. In addition, the
Company has put in place a revolving credit
facility to ensure that it is able to finance
such calls in the event that distributions
received from investments inthe period are
insufficient to finance calls. The Board
reviews the Company’s financing
arrangements at least quarterly to ensure
that the Company is in a strong position to
finance all outstanding commitments on
existing investments aswell as being able
to finance new investments.
In reviewing the Company’s viability, the
Board has considered the Company’s
position with reference to its investment
trust structure, its business model, its
business objectives, the principal risks and
uncertainties as detailed on pages 44 to 48
of this report and its present and expected
financial position. In addition, the Board
has also considered the Company’s
conservative approach to Balance Sheet
management, which allows it to take
advantage of significant investment
opportunities, and the appropriateness
ofthe Company’s current investment
objectives in the prevailing investment
market and environment.
The Board regularly reviews the prospects
for the Company’s portfolio and the
opportunities for new investment under a
range of potential scenarios to ensure it
can expect to be able to continue to finance
its activities for the medium-term future.
Based on its review, the Board has a
reasonable expectation that the Company
will be able to continue in operation and
meet its liabilities as they fall due over a
three year period ending on 31 May 2026.
On behalf of the Board
JOHN SINGER CBE
2 August 2023
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 54
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Manager’s Review
Our Market 56
Portfolio 60
Performance 64
A Conversation with Advent International 70
Sectors in Focus 74
A Conversation with Pantheon’s Global
Head of ESG 76
Realisations 82
Net Portfolio Cash Flow 86
Distributions 87
Calls 92
New Commitments 93
Focus on Manager-led Secondaries 96
Buyout Analysis 103
Largest 50 Companies 106
Other Information 108
Key Pantheon Personnel Supporting PIP 116
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 55
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Manager’s Review
Strategic Report
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 56
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Our Market
HELEN STEERS
AND JIE GONG
Partners at Pantheon
and co-managers
of PIP
Taking advantage of
market dislocation
Helen Steers and Jie Gong, Partners at Pantheon
and co-managers of PIP, discuss how the private
equity industry and PIP have navigated the
ongoing global economic uncertainty and
their expectations for the year ahead.
How would you describe the current
environment for private equity?
The first six months of this year have beenan
extension of much of last year, interms of
continued concerns about inflation, interest
rate rises and geopolitical turbulence. We
have also witnessed somelocalised bank
crises earlier this yearalthough they were
reasonably wellcontained.
However, compared with this time last
year, we believe we are closer to a point
ofstabilisation. Inflation has shown
signsof moderation in most developed
economies, with the exception of the
UK,and economists believe inflationary
pressures are beginning to wane.
As a result, the pace of interest rate
increases has slowed, and market
observers are anticipating a peak for
interest rates in the coming months.
On the other hand, the global economy is
not out of the woods yet. The fundamental
macro issues have not gone away and
sticky inflation is likely to make the job
ofcentral banks more difficult in the future.
While public markets have rebounded this
year, the recovery has been led by a narrow
band oflarge US-based tech companies,
and ithas not been broad-based. The IPO
market has cracked open slightly in the
USA but it is nowhere near back to normal.
Uncertainty is the biggest deterrent for deal
making, because deal underwriting and
pricing need a stable near-term outlook,
otherwise a “wait and see” approach
prevails. The largest exit route for private
equity-backed companies is corporate
M&A, but in general strategic buyers have
remained on the sidelines with deal activity
continuing to be subdued. Sales of small
and mid-sized private equity-backed
companies to larger private equity funds
have also been dampened, for similar
reasons. As a result, the volume of private
equity exits has declined and distribution
rates have been low. Combined with
areduction in fundraising activity, the
resulthas been a slowdown innew deal
investment activity.
Financing portfolio
companies with
Advent International
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 57
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Our Market
Accordingto Bain &Co
1
, buyout deals
(which comprised thebulk of the private
equity deal volume) amounted to
US$202bn during the first half of 2023,
down 58% year-on-year. In the first half
of 2023, buyout realisations fell 65%
year-on-year to US$131bn.
What does this mean for PIP,
especially in the single-asset
secondaries and co-investment
strategies which PIP has
increasingly shifted towards?
Private equity has historically
outperformed public markets, and this
outperformance is more pronounced in
downturns. Research shows that between
2002 and 2022, upper quartile PE
managers outperformed the Dow Jones
Industrial Average by 890 basis points
during bull markets, while this widened
to1,940 basis points in bear markets
2
.
Vintage years like those oftoday have
theadvantage of a more favourable
deployment environment both in terms
ofvaluation and in terms of limiting
competition, and therefore make good
entry points for new investment.
This advantage applies across the board
inall private equity strategies, but is
especially the case for manager-led
secondaries investments, because of
theadditional boost to the supply of such
deals as a solution for the slower pace of
private equity exits.
Manager-led secondaries are when the
private equity managers themselves
instigate deals in order to provide liquidity
options for the investors in their funds.
They can consist of either multi-asset
portfolios or single-asset secondaries.
Single-asset secondaries are attractive to
investors like PIP because they are often
“trophy” companies that the PE manager
believes have significant runway for
additional value uplift from a lengthened
period of ownership by the same manager.
When successful, and with the correct
alignment of interest between existing
investors, the private equity manager,
company management and the new
investors, these types of transaction
tendto have an attractive risk/return
profileand can be of significant value
toallparties involved.
This type of secondaries transaction
accounted for 48%
3
of all secondary
transactions in 2022, with the remainder
being traditional fund sales.
Seepage 96 for more information on
manager-led secondaries.
Not all manager-led deals are created
equal. With an increasingly large volume
ofdeals entering the secondary market,
much of it driven by liquidity generation
1 Bain & Co, Stuck in Place: Private Equity Midyear
Report 2023
2 Source: Capital IQ as at 30 October 2022.
ThomsonOne PE Buyout and Growth funds Index as
atQ2 2022. Bull markets are defined as 2004–2006
and 2010-2019 and 2021. Bear markets are defined
as2002–2003; 2007–2009, 2020 and year to
30October 2022.
3 Source: Greenhill, Global Secondary Market Review,
February 2023.
4 Source: Jefferies, H1 2023 Global Secondary
MarketReview.
needs, itrelies on us to be extremely
selective onasset quality, manager quality,
as well as the alignment of interest
between themanager and new investors.
The last point cannot be emphasised
enough since it is a critical part of our
investment structuring and deal
underwriting decision. In addition,
manager-led secondaries require
significant expertise and resources to
evaluate, and are frequently sourced on a
proprietary basis through deep manager
relationships.
Pantheon has a long track record in the
secondaries market and our dedicated
andexperienced team gives us global scale
and reach. The information advantage
from knowledge of specific assets in the
portfolio over a long time period gives us
the opportunity to play aleading role in the
structuring of the manager-led deals.
In our opinion, the supply and demand
dynamics in the manager-led secondary
market has created an unusually
favourable buying opportunity, which
weare leaning into, on a highly selective
basis, and underwriting outsized
investment returns.
Evolution of the manager-led secondary market
4
24%
32%
30%
58%
52%
48%
2017
YEAR
2018
2020
2019
2021 2022 H1 2023
14
24
26
35
68
52
2023E
45+
Manager-led secondary transaction volume (US$bn) 2023 Estimate
Percentage of total secondary market volume
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 58
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
inthegraphic below, and in addition place
strong emphasis on pricing discipline.
Thisleads to high selectivity: forreference,
the typical approval rate in terms of
number of deals – from pre-qualified
dealsentering into pipeline for our review
tothose completed is between 10-15%.
In2022, that number was 12%.
Our Market
Our co-investment flow during the
Company’s reporting period has remained
robust. Even though there have been asset
disposals resulting from stressed sellers
from time to time at depressed pricing,
theentry valuation on high quality assets
inattractive and resilient sectors have
generally held up without much downward
adjustment. In addition, there have been
more frequent follow-on investments in
existing deals as companies pursue
sizeable bolt-on acquisitions to consolidate
fragmented markets, or for synergistic
product or geographical expansion.
Sourced from the managers that we have
backed on a primary basis, and typically
without any fee or carried interest charged,
co-investments are economically very
advantageous as an investment strategy.
In addition, all our co-investment
opportunities pass through a “double
quality filter”, since each opportunity has
first been evaluated by a private equity
manager, who themselves have passed
our rigorous manager selection hurdles.
The opportunity is then subjected to our
own detailed due diligence process, carried
out by our dedicated co-investment team,
who will confirm amongst other things
thatthe deal is a good fit for the manager.
Entry valuation hasbeen the biggest
reason for a deal tobescreened out at the
stage that it is brought to the investment
committee, andthis has beenthe case
formany years.
We both sit on Pantheon’s Global
Co-investment Committee and Helen
sitson the International Investment
Committee, therefore we have the
advantage of reviewing all the direct deals
that are being sourced via Pantheon’s
platform. We seek a distinct set of
characteristics for assets as set out
What we look for when assessing deals:
Portfolio positioning
High quality
businesses
Non-cyclical
industries
Critical or highly
differentiated services
Recurring
revenue
Modest
leverage
Key global
themes
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 59
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
A notable recent development is
theexcitement about generative
artificial intelligence (“generative
AI”), billed by some as the catalyst
for the next industrial revolution.
What is your take on its risks
andopportunities in relation to
private equity?
Generative AI is arguably the most
important technological evolution and
disruptor of our time, which has not only
dominated the public discourse this year
but has been adopted already in a number
of ways by enterprises for productivity
andefficiency gains. We have seen its
application in some portfolio companies,
for example in customer interactions
through chatbots based on predictive
language models, or content generation
ingraphics for entertainment. The speed
ofadoption has been extremely fast
compared with prior major disruptive
technology. The intelligent use of
technology is an important component we
consider when we evaluate managers, and
likewise a company’s technology adoption
and the risk of technology displacement
are essential topics whenwe assess direct
company investment evaluation. Given
that we prefer asset-light, higher margin,
less labour-intensive businesses, and
areaware of not only the challenges,
butalsothe opportunities presented by
technology, webelieve PIP is well
positioned to benefit from generative
AIapplications.
Our Market
PIP has a very little venture exposure at just
3% of NAV
5
, therefore the direct exposure
togenerative AI technology is limited,
however we expect a wider spectrum of
applications to come out of this area as
significant tools for better productivity and
efficiency are developed in the coming
years. It is a topic that weexchange
noteson regularly with ourmanagers.
Speaking of technology, the biggest
industry sector in PIPs portfolio is
information technology, of which the
largest sub-sector is IT software.
Considering the magnitude of the
software sector sell-off in public
markets since 2022, do the current
marks of these investments
accurately reflect the current
valuation?
The short answer to the question is yes,
that the current marks are consistent
withpublic market comparables.
The software positions in the PIP
portfoliowere almost all profitable
businesses at entry and have performed
well in terms oftheir revenue and earnings
growth. Theappropriate publicly listed
comparables for them are the profitable
listed software businesses, which
represents only 40% of the overall
listedsoftware companies universe.
A few points to note: first, there is significant
divergence in the pattern of sell-off between
the profitable versus the unprofitable
software businesses, asthe aggressive
rate hike in 2022 severely affected the
valuation of unprofitable companies
whilethere was a “flight to safety” to
theprofitable ones. Second, given the
prevalence of unprofitable businesses
inthe overall sector (approximately 60%
ofthe listed companies in the sector
areunprofitable), using the sector
comparables instead of the profitable
subset would be a rather misguided proxy.
Third, it is all about selection – in this case,
the discipline of focusing on profitable,
growing businesses.
Finally, what are your expectations
for the year ahead?
With macroeconomic uncertainty extending
into the second half of this year, we expect
continued bumpiness in the external
environment. However, the best private
equity managers are able to take advantage
of market disruption and capitalise on
opportunities to add value to their existing
portfolio companies, as well as seeking
exciting new investments. PIPhas been
constructed to provide investors with an
“all-weather” portfolio, which is reflected in
the choice of sectors, with a weighting
towards defensive andresilient areas,
inthe buyout-heavy composition ofthe
portfolio, in the sensible level of portfolio
diversification and the ability toflex
investment pacing through the majority
tilttowards direct company investments.
The quality of the underlying companies,
and the managers that PIP hasselected,
the experience in navigating challenging
economic periods and the ability to effect
change will all stand PIP in good stead to
traverse this environment.
PIP is one of the longest established PE
investment trusts listed on the London
Stock Exchange and for 36 years,
Pantheon has successfully steered it
through multiple macroeconomic cycles
and events while generating average NAV
growth (net of all fees) of more than 12%
per annum. While not complacent, we
areconfident that PIP has the necessary
credentials to continue to achieve its
aimofoutperforming the public market
benchmarks over the long term.
5 As at 31 May 2023.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 60
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Portfolio As at 31 May 2023
Since its inception, PIP has been able to
generate excellent returns while at the
same time structuring its portfolio to
minimise the risks typically associated with
private equity investments. Our established
portfolio of assets has been carefully
selected, based on the strengths of our
appointed private equity managers,
actively monitored and diversified to
reduce specific timing, regional and sector
risks; and managed to maximise growth
and liquidity over time.
Flexible approach to portfolio construction increases
potential for outperformance.
Weighted towards the more developed private equity markets
in the USA and Europe, while Asia and EM provide access to
faster-growing economies.
1 Investment type and region charts are based
uponunderlying fund and company valuations.
The charts exclude the portion of the reference
portfolio attributable to the ALN.
2 EM is Emerging Markets.
3 Global category contains funds with no target
allocation to any particular region equal to or
exceeding 60%.
Primaries 34%
Co-investments 33%
Manager-led secondaries 19%
Fund secondaries 14%
USA 54%
Europe 28%
Asia and EM
2
10%
Global
3
8%
Investment type
1
Region
1
Type and region
Maturity and stage
52% invested
directly in
companies
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 61
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Well-diversified with an emphasis on the buyout stages. PIP’s portfolio has a weighted average age of 4.8 years.
1 Fund stage and maturity charts are based upon
underlying fund and company valuations.
The charts exclude the portion of the reference
portfolio attributable to the ALN.
2021 and later 30%
2020 7%
2019 13%
2018 13%
2017 11%
2016 9%
2015 7%
2014 3%
2011–2013 5%
2010 and earlier 2%
Maturity
1
Small/mid buyout 45%
Large/mega buyout 26%
Growth 20%
Special situations 6%
Venture 3%
Stage
1
Portfolio As at 31 May 2023
Since its inception, PIP has been able to
generate excellent returns while at the
same time structuring its portfolio to
minimise the risks typically associated with
private equity investments. Our established
portfolio of assets has been carefully
selected, based on the strengths of our
appointed private equity managers,
actively monitored and diversified to
reduce specific timing, regional and sector
risks; and managed to maximise growth
and liquidity over time.
Type and region
Maturity and stage
71% invested
in buyouts
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 62
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments case study
GP
Graham Partners
Sector
Information Technology
Geography
USA
Type
Manager-led secondary
Commitment
£12.4m
Stage
Small/mid buyout
Capturing value from
the Internet of Things
OptConnect is a provider of wireless internet connectivity solutions for
unattended equipment such as kiosks, smart vending, digital signage and
ATMs. It enables a reliable Internet of Things (“IoT”) connection to provide
acost-effective and dependable platform for customers.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 63
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments case study
Active management and
valuecreation
Graham Partners is a specialist in the
technology sector, with a particular focus
on industrial technology. The manager
sees a number of routes to further value
creation including accretive M&A, increased
operating leverage and earnings growth.
Investment rationale
OptConnect has a resilient business
model with predictable recurring
revenues, healthy margins and a strong
market position.
The company’s total addressable market
is projected to grow at an annual rate of
15% to 2025.
The growth of the IoT market is likely
toresult in an increasing number of
devices requiring wireless connections
to the internet.
Graham Partners originally invested in
the company in 2017 and has focused
on growing the business through new
product innovation, expansion into new
markets as well as the completion of
anadd-on acquisition.
The manager has grown the number of
installed products from 80,000 in 2017
toover 480,000, representing an annual
growth rate of 43%.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 64
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
PIP’s portfolio value has increased
modestly over the period. Access to
top-performing managers and a tilt
towards resilient and high-growth sectors
has helped PIP to withstand the current
macroeconomic environment.
PIP’sportfolio generated returns of 3.5% during the year.
1
£2,500m
£2,000m
£1,900m
£1,800m
£1,700m
£1,600m
£
1,500m
Portfolio value
31 May 2022
FX impact Calls
New
investments
2
Portfolio value
31 May 2023
Valuation
gains
Distributions
£2,200m
£76m
(£223m)
£155m
£190m £2,387m
£2,100m
£2,300m
(£11m)
£2,200m
£2,400m
1 Excluding returns attributable to the ALN share of
the portfolio.
2 Amount drawn down at the time of commitment.
Performance
Valuation movement
by type
Private equity portfolio
movements
Valuation movement
bystage
Valuation movement
by region
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 65
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Resilient portfolio performance despite the current challenging macroeconomic environment.
Manager-led secondaries were the highest performing segment of the portfolio, having been revalued after previously being held
at cost.
20%
15%
5%
Primaries
Co-investments
RETURN
16.6%
Closing
portfolio
NAV%
14%
34%
Manager-led
secondaries
19%
0%
10%
Fund secondaries
33%
2.3%
0.1%
0.2%
1 Portfolio returns include income, exclude gains
andlosses from foreign exchange movements,
and look through underlying vehicle structures to
the underlying funds. Portfolio returns exclude returns
generated by the portion of the reference portfolio
attributable to the ALN, and are calculated by dividing
valuation gains by opening portfolio values.
Performance
PIP’s portfolio value has increased
modestly over the period. Access to
top-performing managers and a tilt
towards resilient and high-growth sectors
has helped PIP to withstand the current
macroeconomic environment.
Valuation movement
by type
1
Private equity portfolio
movements
Valuation movement
bystage
Valuation movement
by region
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 66
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Performance
Valuation gains in the buyout and special situations stages offset valuation losses in the venture and growth segments of
theportfolio.
10%
0%
-5%
-10%
-25%
Small/
mid buyout
Large/
mega buyout
Venture
Special
situations
Growth
10.0%
5.3%
4.3%
(6.2%) (20.8%)
RETURN
Closing
portfolio
NAV%
45% 6% 20%26% 3%
5%
-15%
-20%
1 Portfolio returns include income, exclude gains
andlosses from foreign exchange movements,
andlook through underlying vehicle structures to
theunderlying funds. Portfolio returns exclude returns
generated by the portion of the reference portfolio
attributable to the ALN, andare calculated by dividing
valuation gains byopening por tfolio values.
PIP’s portfolio value has increased
modestly over the period. Access to
top-performing managers and a tilt
towards resilient and high-growth sectors
has helped PIP to withstand the current
macroeconomic environment.
Valuation movement
by type
Private equity portfolio
movements
Valuation movement
by stage
1
Valuation movement
by region
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 67
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
PIP’s portfolio is weighted towards investments in the USA and Europe, which generated positive returns during the period.
8%
6%
4%
2%
0%
-2%
Europe
Asia and EM Global
USA
6.9%
(0.3%)
3.2%
(0.9%)
RETURN
Closing
portfolio
NAV%
28%
54%
10%
8%
1 Portfolio returns include income, exclude gains
andlosses from foreign exchange movements,
and look through underlying vehicle structures to
the underlying funds. Portfolio returns exclude returns
generated by the portion of the reference portfolio
attributable to the ALN, and are calculated by dividing
valuation gains by opening portfolio values.
PerformancePerformance
PIP’s portfolio value has increased
modestly over the period. Access to
top-performing managers and a tilt
towards resilient and high-growth sectors
has helped PIP to withstand the current
macroeconomic environment.
Valuation movement
by type
Private equity portfolio
movements
Valuation movement
bystage
Valuation movement
by region
1
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 68
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Distributions case study
Proceeds
£3.1m
Manager
J. C. Flowers (“JCF”)
Geography
Europe
Type
Fund Secondary
Sector
Financials
Stage
Small/mid buyout
Vintage
2017
Exit type
Strategic buyer
Wealth management
made easy
Interactive Investor is the second largest direct-to-consumer online wealth
management platform in the UK. It operates an investment and trading platform
that provides retail investors with financial information, tools andatrading
environment in which they can make investment decisions. This award-winning
platform puts customers in control of their financial futures.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 69
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Active management and
valuecreation
Under JCF’s ownership, interactive
investor had a strong track record of
acquiring and integrating complementary
platforms. Interactive investor completed
the acquisitions of TD Direct Investing in
2017, Alliance Trust Savings in 2019, and
Share plc in 2020. The latest acquisition
was the EQi book of customers, which
completed in June 2021.
In addition, the company was able
toexecute on their technology
transformation initiative, making
operations more efficient and driving
amarket leading user experience.
Together, these alltranslated into high
growth via the business’s scalable
infrastructure andbrand leadership,
which JCF helpedtocultivate.
From June 2017 to May 2023,
J.C. Flowers grew interactive investor’s
assets under administration from
approximately c. £21bn to £55bn
through a suitable mix of organic
growthand strategic M&A. This was
theequivalent to an annualised
growthrate of c.17% over the six
yearholding period.
Investment rationale
The acquisition provided access to a
high-growth direct investment market,
ascalable business platform that could
beexpanded rapidly through acquisitions
and acombined technological platform
that meets clients’ financial needs at
different stages of their lives. The business
model has stable and high recurring
revenues based on a flat-fee monthly
subscription model. J. C. Flowers
acquiredthe company froma very
motivated seller, witha plan to:
(i) consolidate existing customers
acrossbusiness units (across-selling
opportunity); and
(ii) implement a data/technology
transformation (combined with
improved pricing/brand
managementstrategy).
Our relationship
Pantheon has been an investor in
J. C. Flowers’ funds since 2016 via
multiple secondary transactions.
Exit
Interactive Investor was acquired by
abrdnplc, a UK-based asset manager,
inMay 2023.
Distributions case study
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 70
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
A Conversation with Advent International
Advent International (Advent) is an important partner for PIP,
accounting for 2.4% of PIPs total private equity asset value
as at 31 May 2023. Advent is one of the most well-established
andexperienced private equity managers in the world,
having invested over $70bn in more than 400 private equity
investments across the globe since 1984. The firm has a team
of over 290investment professionals, including a dedicated
capital markets team that arranges debt financing for Advents
portfolio companies.
Given the current focus on conditions in the financing
environment, Pantheon sought feedback and comments
from Advent on the impact of rising interest rates on the credit
market and on private equity portfolios generally.
GILES REANEY
Managing Director
How higher interest
rates are affecting
private equity
Jie Gong, Partner at Pantheon and co-manager of
PIP, speaks to Giles Reaney, who is responsible for
leading new acquisition financings and capital
markets activities for Advent International’s
portfolio companies in the EMEA region.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 71
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
At Advent, we are in the business of selecting
high-quality companies to own and to which
we add value. An important consideration
at selection is whether a given company is
sufficiently differentiated to command
pricing power. In inflationary times, this type
of business can pass on inflationary costs
to customers, through price adjustments,
or upselling, or cross-selling, all of which
are well within theprivate equity toolkit.
For our portfolio, we have found that
appetite towards lending to IT/software
businesses and aerospace & defence has
remained strong. Healthcare is another
sector that has been consistently preferred
when it comes to debt financing. High
quality companies in all of these sectors
have predictable revenue outlook, stable
businesses, and rich cashflows, which are
all qualities that the lenders favour.
As we are not out of the woods on
inflation, and while the interest rate
increase is in its late innings, there
islikely still more to come. Looking
beyond Advent at the broader private
equity industry, how would this
period be likely to go down in history?
In the last decade, quantitative easing and
super low interest rates drove a lot of
liquidity to our industry, funding new
entrants, and financing many lesser
qualityinvestments that may have been
completed only because of the excessive
liquidity resulting in cheap debt.
There is a wide dispersion of performance
in private equity, between different managers
and different transactions. Ithink some of
the lesser quality deals completed in the
last decade would really struggle under the
pressure of increased inflation and a higher
burden of debt. In contrast, higher quality
businesses are able to go through a more
challenging period and come out stronger
and even grow in scale through industry
consolidation or a decrease in competitive
intensity as some firms fall out of the
market. The current environment will prove
to be the acid test ofthe quality of different
private equity managers. Selectivity,
expertise and a riskmanagement mindset
make all thedifference.
A Conversation with Advent International
Thank you for taking the time to
speak with us, Giles. We are living
ininteresting times with the
double-whammy of inflation and
rising interest rates. How has
thiscombination affected
Advent’sportfolio?
What has been unusual about this
interestrate hike cycle is the rapidity
andaggressiveness of the increases.
Ourportfolio saw some margin squeezes
last year, however the companies’ pricing
adjustments have caught up and their
costcontainment has yielded results.
As a result, in general the margin situation
has improved over the last six months.
The rate increase has not been a major
issue. It is common practice in our industry
to use hedging tools such as interest rate
swaps. At Advent, we have that in place for
approximately 60% of the assets. There are
other derivative tools at our disposal too.
The unhedged assets are often those with
low levels of debt and/or those that are
close to exit.
The era of zero-interest rates is likely to
besquarely behind us. The reduction in
excess liquidity instils selection and pricing
discipline and reduces competition,
allgood things for our industry.
The key to alpha generation in private
equity lies in asset selection and value
creation through active ownership during
the holding period. Yes, the base rate will
behigher than in the last decade, but the
capital supply/demand dynamics for deal
entry will become better , since the market
will be less crowded, in other words less
noisy. Because of these two factors, I don’t
believe that private equity outperformance
during the next decade should diminish
compared with the prior level, just because
of the rate increases.
The rate increase has not been a major issue.
It is common practice in our industry to use
hedging tools such as interest rate swaps.
GILES REANEY
Managing Director of Advent International
A Conversation with Advent International
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 72
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
As inflationary fears seeped into the
market at the beginning of 2022, the
creditmarket cooled somewhat. Then the
Russian invasion of Ukraine in February
last year compounded the inflationary
fears because of the impact on energy
supply. The central banks started an
aggressive set of interest rate increases.
The credit market found it difficult to
pricedeals with increased macro and
geopolitical uncertainties, and as a result
the borrowing cost base and borrowing
margins accelerated quite a lot last year.
More recently, sentiment has improved as
the end point of the rate increase is closer.
Also banks wrote off their losses at the end
of last year, and have been more active this
year compared with the majority of 2022
and private credit players have increased
activity as volatility subsided. Consequently,
the credit spread has narrowed quite a bit.
It is currently only about 50-75 basis points
higher than during the pre- rate hike period.
You may have seen the headlines recently
about some very large financings
completed, which suggests renewed
strength on the financing front.
Going back to the topic of financing,
how have the financing environment
and commercial terms evolved in
thelast several years?
In the last decade, the overall financing
environment was buoyant because of
theabundant supply of money.
When the COVID-19 pandemic hit in early
2020, the global credit market froze for a
short period of time. Central banks reacted
promptly and flooded the market with
liquidity, which gave a boost to the already
abundant liquidity available.
In the traditional bank syndicated market
(the vast majority of the lending market),
covenant-lite remains the standard while
that market’s accessibility responds to the
market volatility. For example, it was closed
for a month here and a month there during
the height of volatility through Q2-Q4 last
year. In the private credit lending market
(the minority component of the lending
market), there was an increased use of
financial covenants (leverage covenants)
during June to December last year, and
more recently covenant-lite has made
acomeback.
1 Source: Bloomberg, S&P LCD News & Research, AMG Data Services. Data as at 30 June 2023.
2 Source: Citi, LCD, Bloomberg.
European Leveraged Finance Volume
2
Q1 2022
Q2 2022 Q4 2022Q3 2022 Q2 2023
35
20
15
10
0
5
25
30
Q1 2023
US Leveraged Finance Volume
1
Loan Volume (US$bn) High Yield volume (US$bn)
10.589 mm10.589 mm
Q1 2022
Q2 2022 Q3 2022 Q2 2023
180
100
60
0
Q4 2022
140
Q1 2023
120
80
160
40
20
Loan Volume (€bn) High Yield volume (€bn)
A Conversation with Advent International
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 73
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
With a crystal ball, how do you see
the borrowing terms going forward?
My personal estimate is interest rates will
probably peak in Q3 and be held at those
levels until at Q2 2024, after which time
therates are expected to come down.
However, you will not see a cascade of
money coming into the market upon
stabilisation of inflation and interest rates.
3 Source: Citi, LCD, Bloomberg. Data as at 30 June 2023.
The inflation target could well be higher
than the 2% level going forward. My take
isthat steady state inflation is likely to be
around 3% in the USA and probably slightly
lower at 2.5% for Europe.
Interest rates will come down from current
levels but it is unlikely for base rates to
goback down to the ultra-low levels of
thepast decade as I don’t believe that
quantitative easing will come back for
some time.
At Advent, we focus closely on the
dynamics of the debt markets and how
ourportfolio companies might be
impacted. We want to make sure that we
are putting in place the appropriate capital
structures in our companies so that they
are well-equipped for both favourable and
more difficult macroeconomic times.
European Maturity Profile
3
10.589 mm10.589 mm
2023
2024 2025 2030
200
100
50
0
2026
2028
150
2029
2027
€BN OUTSTANDING
US Maturity Profile
3
Leveraged Loans High Yield
10.589 mm10.589 mm
2023
2024 20272025 2031+
800
400
300
200
0
100
600
2029
2030
2028
2026
700
500
US$BN OUTSTANDING
Leveraged Loans High Yield
In focus:
Information
Technology
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 74
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Sectors in Focus
Information Technology continues to attract
substantial levels of private equity investment,
driven by the trend towards greater digitalisation
andautomation of the global economy. PIP’s
exposure to this important sector is heavily
weightedtowards enterprise software.
PIP invests in software companies that are
highgrowth, capital-light and scalable, and typically
employ subscription models that provide
predictable revenue streams and cash flows.
PIP
MSCI World
1
Total exposure
to the sector Five largest companiesLargest subsector exposure
Designer and
manufacturer
ofconsumer
electronics
Developer of
computer
software systems
and applications
Leading
manufacturer
ofgraphic
processing units
Manufacturer of
semi-conductors
Manufacturer
ofchip-making
equipment
1 As at 26 July 2023.
Provider of IT
management
andmonitoring
software
services
Mobile phone
insurance
company
Digital consulting
and software
company
Cybersecurity
software
company
Developer of a
cloud-based
modelling
andplanning
platform
33%
22%
System
software
6%
Application
software
19%
IT
services
4%
Others
4%
Technology
hardware
6%
Semi-
conductors
5%
System
software
5%
Application
software
3%
Others
3%
3.7% of PIP’s NAV in these five companies
12.5% of the MSCI World in these five companies
In focus:
Healthcare
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 75
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Sectors in Focus
The demand for high quality healthcare has never
been greater. In partnership with an array of
specialist healthcare sector managers, PIP invests
in asset-light, highly defensive companies that aim
to improve access to in-demand healthcare services
and provide industry professionals with solutions
that allow them to focus their efforts on patient care.
PIP
MSCI World
1
Total exposure
to the sector Five largest companiesLargest subsector exposure
Healthcare
provider
Commercial
services platform
for the life
sciences sector
Specialist eye
treatment
provider
Healthcare
recruitment
platform
Developer of
cloud-based
patient safety and
risk management
software
1 As at 26 July 2023.
Manufacturer
ofhealthcare
products
Pharmaceutical
company
Pharmaceutical
company
Provider of
medical care
benefits
Pharmaceutical
company
19%
13%
Pharmaceuticals
5%
Healthcare
equipment
2%
Healthcare
services
2%
Biotech
2%
Other
2%
Healthcare
services
6%
Healthcare
technology
4%
Pharma-
ceuticals
2%
Healthcare
equipment
2%
Others
5%
3.7% of PIP’s NAV in these five companies
3.1% of the MSCI World in these five companies
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 76
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
A Conversation with Pantheon’s Global Head of ESG
Embedding material ESG considerations throughout our processes and
procedures supports our wider mission to invest responsibly on behalf of
our clients, such as PIP, with a focus on managing risks and creating value
over the long term.
EIMEAR PALMER
Partner and Global Head of ESG
You have been working in private
equity-focused ESG roles for more
than 10 years. How have attitudes
towards ESG changed over that time?
Enormously! The focus and attention on
ESG by a range of stakeholders has turned
it from a “nice to have” to now being at
apoint where demonstrating a robust
approach to ESG is often imperative
forinvestors.
Whereas perhaps several years ago
consideration of ESG matters was
desirable, it is now a prerequisite for many
of our investors. It’s recognised by both our
managers and their portfolio companies
asan important lever of risk mitigation
andvalue creation. Operating more
sustainably enables portfolio companies to
become more resilient through improved
efficiencies, greater innovation and
reduced costs, which result in companies
strengthening their positioning and
reputation in the market. As a result
oftheiractions, companies are able to
gaininvestor confidence and it reduces
regulatory uncertainty by ensuring that
their businesses are well-positioned
andmore prepared for ESG- and
climate-related regulation and compliance.
In short, itmakes good business sense.
We continue to see European private equity
managers leading the way in driving the
ESG agenda with managers in the USA
andAsia increasingly recognising that the
decisions they make can have a tangible
impact on their stakeholders and the
communities in which they operate.
Agrowing number of Asian investors in
particular are focusing more and more on
climate commitments and understanding
the carbon footprint of their portfolios.
Eimear Palmer, Pantheon
Partner and Global Head of
ESG, discusses Pantheon’s
enhanced approach to
environmental, social and
governance (“ESG”) and
howPIP benefits from it.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 77
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
A Conversation with Pantheon’s Global Head of ESG
You mentioned regulatory
uncertainty. Perhaps one of the
major shifts in recent years has
beenthe changing landscape for
measuring and reporting ESG data.
How have private equity managers
responded to this?
Private equity managers are navigating a
highly political and complex regulatory
environment in which the rules and
priorities differ by jurisdiction and can often
be contradictory. In the USA, they can even
vary from state to state. In many cases,
theregulations were not designed with
private markets in mind.
In Europe in particular, the focus has
beenon labelling financial products and
disclosing ESG data. For the private equity
industry, data collection is challenging
since it is extremely difficult for small-
andmedium-sized businesses with little
in-house ESG expertise or systems to
collect, measure and analyse ESG data.
Formanagers and funds in scope, the very
specific portfolio company metrics cover
KPIs ranging from carbon emissions to
hazardous waste ratios, and these KPIs
apply to every company in a portfolio
regardless of sector or size. In many
cases,companies do not produce the
information for any other purpose apart
from responding to the request from
theirinvestors. This creates significant
burden for both portfolio companies
andprivate equity managers and we
expect it will take years to close the
datagap.
In the European Union at least, we believe
that we will begin to see progress with the
introduction of the Corporate Sustainability
Reporting Directive requiring mid-market
portfolio companies to report ESG data.
We are also hopeful that the upcoming
European Commission review of the
ESGregulatory framework planned for
thesecond half of 2023 will result in a
lessonerous and more tailored approach
to ESG data disclosures.
At Pantheon, as a global business, we
recognise the challenges that our investors
face across multiple jurisdictions and are
supportive of ESG data standardisation
and the ambition to improve transparency
of ESG performance across the industry.
Pantheon is a signatory to the ESG Data
Convergence Initiative (“EDCI”) which is
aglobal initiative focused on collating
performance-based, comparable ESG
metrics. Over 300 private equity managers
have now signed up and 60%
1
of PIP’s
primary private equity managers have
indicated that they would be prepared to
disclose portfolio company information
using the EDCI template, so the signs are
encouraging.
Turning to the challenges being
faced by the global economy,
whatrole can private equity play
inaddressing these?
The private equity sector is well-placed to
make a positive contribution to stimulating
growth through the creation and support of
jobs. The most recently available statistics
show that in Europe, private equity-backed
companies employed 10.5 million people
at the end of 2021, representing 4.5% of
theentire workforce
2
and an increase
of6.5% from the end of 2020. In the UK
alone,private equity-backed companies
employed two million people in 2021,
representing 6% of all UK jobs, and these
businesses contributed 5% of total UK
GDP
3
. It is the same story in the USA
where12 million people are employed by
PE-backed businesses
4
. This is positive,
not just for the people employed by those
companies, but also for those impacted
through supply chains and the customers
who value the products and services
offered by them.
What also matters of course is how private
equity managers behave towards the
businesses that they own. For years, private
equity has been extremely successful
atincorporating robust governance
structures. Managers typicallyinvest in
portfolio companies alongside the existing
management teams and they work closely
together to grow the business over the long
term. Company management, the private
equity manager and their investors all exit
the business atthe same time, meaning
that there is arealalignment of interest.
There are directlines of communication
between the private equity managers and
the executive teams so they are able to
adopt a much more proactive, collaborative
approach and respond quickly to any
issues that mayarise.
1 Source: Pantheon’s annual survey of its underlying
private equity managers. The results are based on a
76% response rate from the primary private equity
managers in PIP’s portfolio.
2 Source: Invest Europe, Private Equity at Work,
April 2023.
3 Source: BVCA Digest, January 2023.
4 Source: American Investment Council, Homepage
– American Investment Council.
Finally, private equity managers are alert to
the investment opportunities arising from
the need to provide solutions to enable the
green transition, decarbonisation and to
harness the benefits of a circular economy.
There are examples of these types of
companies in PIP’s portfolio and case
studies for some of them can be found
on the Company’s website. Pantheon
hasa longstanding relationship with
Ambienta,which focuses on investing
insustainability-driven businesses, and
during the period, PIP invested in Ambienta’s
fund IV which will target small- and
medium-sized companies in Europe whose
products aid pollution control and resource
efficiency in their respective sectors.
Seethe case study on page 18.
You joined Pantheon a year ago.
What have been your first
impressions?
Firstly, I have been hugely impressed by
how cross-functional ESG is at Pantheon.
Ittouches every part of the business from
the investment teams through to operations
and risk. It is truly a team effort.
Of course, the consideration of ESG factors
has been a part of how Pantheon does
business for many years. Back in 2007,
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 78
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
A Conversation with Pantheon’s Global Head of ESG
1
We will incorporate ESG issues
into investment analysis and
decision-making processes.
2
We will be active owners
and incorporate ESG
issues into our ownership
policies and practices.
3
We will seek appropriate
disclosure on ESG issues
by the entities in which
we invest.
5
We will work together
to enhance our effectiveness
in implementing the
Principles.
6
We will each report on our
activities and progress
towards implementing
the Principles.
4
We will promote
acceptance and
implementation of
the Principles within
the investment industry.
The six Principles of the UNPRI
underpin our ESG strategy
wewere one of the first private equity
signatories to the United Nations-backed
Principles for Responsible Investment
(“UNPRI”). The six Principles of the UNPRI
underpin our ESG strategy and we have
consistently achieved high scores in their
annual assessments. Pantheon’s strong
history of engagement across the industry
on ESG matters reflects my own belief inthe
importance of collaboration in thisarea.
I co-founded the UK network of Initiative
Climat International (“iCI”) in 2020 and,
when I joined Pantheon, worked with Jie
Gong, co-manager of PIP to lead the launch
of the Asia-Pacific chapter. iCI is the largest
climate-focused private market initiative
with over 230 signatories, including Pantheon,
that seeks to improve the industry’s
understanding and management of the
risks and opportunities associated
withclimate change. I co-chair the iCI
Regulatory working group and we are also
a member of the iCI Net Zero working
group. In addition, our positions on the
BVCA Responsible Investment Roundtable
and on the ESG Committees of both Invest
Europe and the Hong Kong Private Equity
and Venture Capital Association, combined
with our seats on over 585
5
advisory boards,
provide us with numerous opportunities
tocollaborate with our peers and drive
ESGbest practice across the industry.
Within Pantheon we have a formal ESG
governance structure in place. I sit on
Pantheon’s International Investment
Committee which means that I can exert
real influence in terms of how ESG is factored
into the investment decision-making for all
deals that are considered by Pantheon for
investment on behalf of PIP. In addition,
Ichair our well-established ESG committee
which comprises representatives from our
key investment strategies, operations,
investor relations, marketing and legal &
compliance teams. The Committee is
responsible for overseeing and monitoring
our ESG programme across core projects
relating to ESG strategy, integration,
regulation and data. Each project has a
designated sponsor from theCommittee
to support the necessary monitoring,
delivery and leadership.
I am pleased to report that Pantheon’s
efforts received external endorsement
when we won the “LP – Co-investor”
category at the inaugural Real Deals
ESGAwards 2022.
I should also mention that the PIP Board is
extremely engaged on the topic of ESG.
We have commenced an annual ESG
training session for the Directors and they
receive regular updates on Pantheon’s ESG
strategy and our progress against the
goals that we have set for ourselves.
Wealso report on any ESG-related issues
that we might have identified in PIP’s
portfolio and, importantly, what our
managers have done to resolve them.
What initiatives have you been
working on since you joined
Pantheon and why?
Embedding material ESG considerations
throughout our processes and procedures
supports our wider mission to invest
responsibly on behalf of our clients, such
as PIP, with a focus on managing risks
andcreating value over the long term.
ESG factors have been integrated into our
pre- and post-investment processes for
years but our focus recently has been
onenhancing how we screen and carry
outdue diligence on deals from an ESG
perspective. We have introduced a new
approach to ESG called TIES – which stands
for Transparency, Integration, Engagement
and Solutions – as this encapsulates the
strong ties between us, our private equity
managers and our portfolio companies.
We believe that greater transparency
leadsto more insight which in turn will
leadto more thoughtful decision-making.
5 As at 31 March 2023.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 79
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
A Conversation with Pantheon’s Global Head of ESG
Pantheon has developed our own ESG scorecards to provide a
comprehensive view of each investment
Private equity
manager rating
ESG integration
Reputation
Climate
Diversity, Equity &
Inclusion
Biodiversity
Fund rating
Track record
ESG commitments
Climate
ESG reporting
Company &
transaction rating
Industry sector
Reputation
Climate
Country
Biodiversity
ESG maturity
SDG
6
alignment
ESG Due Diligence scorecards
Integration refers to our approach to
integrating ESG across the investment
lifecycle from screening, due diligence,
monitoring and reporting. As mentioned,
we engage extensively through our
industry participation and advisory board
seats and TIES will help to enhance this
further. And finally, Solutions is about
providing clarity to our investors around
keyconcepts, such as “impact” and
“sustainable”, and understanding the
investment solutions that can be
developed to support the transition to a
more sustainable economy; this will allow
us to explore an even greater range of
investment opportunities for PIP and the
role that they can play in its diversified
portfolio. With increasing investor demand
for impact investments, we are starting to
see some of our mainstream European
managers launch impact strategies,
whichare particularly focused on climate
transition. It’s important to note that these
impact strategies do not compromise on
market-leading returns, so the impact
achieved and financial return generated
arehighly correlated. PIP is alert to the
opportunities that are emerging from
thisgrowing trend of top tier managers
expanding their remit to incorporate
impact funds and in the previous financial
year, for example, PIP committed £17.8m
to the Apax Global Impact fund.
This year, we have developed and launched
our proprietary ESG scorecards as part of our
enhancements to our new ESG framework.
The scorecards will help systematically
integrate ESG into the duediligence process,
providing more insight into the potential
material ESG considerations for each
investment opportunity. The scorecard
utilises various industry data sources and
leading ESG indicators to assess private
equity managers, funds and portfolio
companies throughout the due diligence
process. Theywill also enable usto
benchmark our PE managers’ ESG
performance, monitor progress and
improve our ESG reporting thus providing
more transparency to ourclients on the
ESG performance of theirinvestments.
Tell us more about the scorecards –
what are they and what do they aim
toachieve?
Pantheon has developed four ESG
scorecards which are tailored according
tothe type of prospective investment
opportunity: Manager, Fund, Single-asset
and Multi-asset. The output of each
scorecard is an ESG rating (Leading
toEmerging) which is based on our
assessment of many ESG considerations.
For example, when assessing a
co-investment opportunity, the investment
team completes both a manager
scorecard and a single-asset scorecard.
The single-asset scorecard assesses each
6 SDG: Sustainable Development Goals.
portfolio company through a dual scoring
system covering inherent sector risk and
acompany risk rating based on specific
criteria as outlined in the graphic (above).
The manager scorecard, which is populated
by our investment teams, is supported by
the results of our annual ESG survey which
weuse to obtain up-to-date information on
our private equity managers. The survey
covers a range of topics including how our
managers measure and report on ESG,
their approach to climate change, whether
they have committed to Net Zero, their
integration of Diversity, Equity & Inclusion,
and how consideration of biodiversity is
addressed in their investment decisions.
Biodiversity loss is happening on an
Our approach is based
around four key aspects:
Transparency
Solutions
Integration
Engagement
Pantheon
TIES
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 80
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
A Conversation with Pantheon’s Global Head of ESG
enormous scale that is difficult to
comprehend therefore it is vital that we
factor this into our investment process.
We continue to use RepRisk, a third-party
news information service which has been
integrated into our systems since 2017,
aspart of our screening, due diligence
andpre- and post-monitoring processes
toensure extensive coverage of any ESG
issues within PIP’s portfolio.
Looking ahead, what are your
priorities for the next 12 months
orso?
We have made great strides but the
worldis constantly changing, investor
expectations are growing, ESG regulatory
requirements are increasing rapidly, and
there is always more to do. We are looking
to enhance our ESG systems to improve
our reporting and provide better
transparency to our investors on the
ESGperformance of their portfolio,
forexample calculating the carbon
footprint of PIP’s portfolio. As a firm,
it is also important that we practise
whatwe preach so we have commenced
anexercise to calculate Pantheon’s own
operational Scope 1, 2 and 3 (business
travel) emissions. This will support better
engagement with our managers on
thistopic.
Secondly, we intend to use our ESG
scorecards to engage more effectively
withour private equity managers on
ESGissues. I know from experience that
receiving feedback from investors can be
incredibly motivating for private equity
managers as they want a high rating!
At Pantheon we believe that private
markets have a key role to play in the
transition to a more sustainable society.
We believe we also have a key role to play
supporting our managers and driving
andencouraging ESG best practice.
Wearepleased to see the progress and
momentum to date but conscious there
ismore work to do. Effectively analysing
and monitoring all opportunities from an
ESG perspective on behalf of PIP remains
our priority as we strive to exceed the
expectations of all of our clients.
Our private equity managers continue to make good progress
towards the adoption of ESG principles
Pantheon recently completed its annual survey of the private equity managers in
PIP’s primary portfolio. Some of the responses are shown below.
1
Yes 96% No 4%
Do you have a current ESG policy?
1 Survey results based on a 76% response rate from the primary private equity managers in PIP’s portfolio.
Do you have a formal approach to
integrating ESG factors within the
investment process?
Yes 92% No 8%
Do you engage with portfolio
companies on climate-related
matters?
Yes 85% No 15%
Are you a signatory to the United
Nations Principles for Responsible
Investment (“UNPRI”)?
Yes 63% No 37%
The UK Modern Slavery Act
The UK’s Modern Slavery Act 2015 requires Pantheon to report annually on the
steps taken to ensure that slavery and human trafficking are not taking place
anywhere within the business or supply chains. Pantheon’s ESG policy is already
aligned with a zero tolerance approach to modern slavery and trafficking, and
both the policy and the modern slavery statement can be found on Pantheon’s
website (www.pantheon.com).
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 81
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
A Conversation with Pantheon’s Global Head of ESG
One united, diverse culture
atPantheon
We believe that the diversity of our people
and practices is key to the sustainable
success of our firm, our employees and
the broad set of Pantheon stakeholders.
We focus on Inclusion & Diversity (“I&D”)
and our inclusion ethos is founded on the
premise that harnessing our differences
will create a productive environment in
which everybody feels valued, where
ourtalents are being fully utilised and in
which our organisational goals are met.
We have an established I&D Committee,
comprising representatives from across
the business, which meets monthly and
there are separate I&D workstreams that
meet more regularly.
Pantheon was one of the first private
equity houses to report its I&D statistics.
As a signatory to the UK Government’s
Women in Finance Charter, Pantheon is
committed to setting internal targets for
gender diversity in senior management
roles. The proportion of women who are
engaged in the day-to-day management
and operations of our firm (identified as
Global Heads of Departments and/or
members of Pantheon’s Partnership
Board) was 42% as at January 2023,
exceeding the target of 33%, and we
areproud to report that half of our
investment team heads are women.
Weare delighted that our hard workwas
recognised at the Real Deals Private
Equity Awards 2022 where Pantheon
won the Diversity award. Inaddition,
three of the seven Directors onPIP’s
Board are female.
Our commitment to I&D does not sit only
within Pantheon. We have long incorporated
I&D within our investment process with
adedicated section in our due diligence
questionnaire on the topicthat is completed
by prospective private equity managers
for a primary investment. While the wider
sector still has significant improvements
to make, we are encouraged by the progress
that is being made and note that many of
our managers have improved recruitment
processes to increase their diversity.
Pantheon continues to advocate for this
topic through a number of partnerships
across the investment management
sector including Girls are Investors,
Jopwell, Sponsors for Educational
Opportunity (“SEO”), 10,000 Black
Internsand the Diversity Project.
Pantheon is proud to sponsor Level 20,
anot-for-profit organisation established
to inspire women to join and succeed
inthe private equity industry.
Male 62%
Female 36%
Prefer not
to say
2%
Global staff gender
identity
1
1 Data is based on aggregated and anonymised information inputted to our HR system by our global staff, defined
as permanent staff and partners. The percentage of input for this year was 89%, compared to a 75% response
rate of our 2022 voluntary annual Inclusion and Diversity Survey.
No 90%
Yes 3%
Prefer not
to say
7%
Global staff LGBTQ+
profile
1
Male 50%
Female 50%
Investment team
heads
1
No 91%
Yes 2%
Prefer not
to say
7%
Global staff disability
profile
1
White 61%
Other ethnic
background
36%
Prefer not
to say
3%
Ethnic diversity
profile
1
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 82
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
The value-weighted average uplift on exit realisations in the year was 27%, consistent with our view that realisations can be
significantly incremental to returns.
The method used to calculate the average uplift is to compare the value at exit with the value of the investment 12 months prior
to exit. Since 2012, the weighted average uplift on exit is 31%.
1 See page 182 of the Alternative Performance
Measures section for sample calculations
anddisclosures.
Number of
distributions
40%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
PERCENTAGE UPLIFT ON EXIT
>(50)–(25)
>(10)–0
>10–25>0–10 >25–50 >50–75
>75–100
>100–150
2%
4%
3%
6%
38% 11% 16%
25%
>(25)–(10)
12%
7%
30%
35%
THE DISTRIBUTION % OF UPLIFTS ON
EXIT REALISATION PROCEEDS
Value-weighted
average uplift = 27%
For the year to 31 May 2023
Realisations
PIP’s mature portfolio continued to
generate distributions despite a subdued
exit environment. Distributions have
beenincremental to returns, with many
reflecting realisations at significant uplifts
to carrying value.
Cost multiples on exit
realisations
Uplifts on exit realisations
1
Exit realisations by sector
and type
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 83
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Realisations
The average cost multiple on exit realisations of the sample was 3.0 times, demonstrating value creation over the course of
PIP’s investment.
The average cost multiple on exit since 2012 is 3.0 times.
1 See page 182 of the Alternative Performance
Measures section for sample calculations
anddisclosures.
Number of
distributions
40%
25%
15%
10%
0%
MULTIPLES ON INITIAL COST
>0.0x0.5x >0.5x–1.0x
>1.5x–2.0x
>1.0x–1.5x >2.0x–3.0x >3.0x–4.0x
>4.0x–5.0x
>5.0x
194
6 57 12
8 11 10
5%
20%
30%
35%
THE DISTRIBUTION % OF COST MULTIPLES
ON EXIT REALISATIONS
Average cost
multiple = 3.0x
For the year to 31 May 2023
PIP’s mature portfolio continued to
generate distributions despite a challenging
exit environment. Distributions have
beenincremental to returns, with many
reflecting realisations at significant uplifts
to carrying value.
Cost multiples on exit
realisations
1
Uplifts on exit realisations
Exit realisations by sector
and type
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 84
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Realisation activity was strongest in the industrials and information technology sectors. Trade sales and secondary buyouts
represented the most significant sources of exit activity during the year. The data in the sample provides coverage for 100%
(for exit realisations by sector) and 100% (for exit realisations by type) ofproceeds from exit realisations received during the period.
Industrials 20%
Information technology 15%
Financials 14%
Healthcare 13%
Communication services 13%
Consumer 10%
Utilities 8%
Energy 4%
Materials 2%
Real estate 1%
Trade sale 55%
Secondary buyout 41%
IPO and secondary share sale 3%
Refinancing and recapitalisation 1%
Exit realisations by sector
For the year to 31 May 2023
Exit realisations by type
For the year to 31 May 2023
Realisations
PIP’s mature portfolio continued to
generate distributions despite a challenging
exit environment. Distributions have
beenincremental to returns, with many
reflecting realisations at significant uplifts
to carrying value.
Cost multiples on exit
realisations
Uplifts on exit realisations
Exit realisations by sector
and type
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 85
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Distributions case study
Founded in Paris in 1972, Chequers
Capital (“Chequers”) is one of the longest
established private equity managers
in Europe.
With over 50 years of experience, Chequers has
raised and invested 18 funds since 1972, and has
over €2bn under management.
Chequers has 25 investment professionals across
France, Italy and the DACH (Germany/Austria/
Switzerland) region, supported by a large
eco-system of operating experts.
A small and mid-market buyout specialist,
Chequers targets asset-light industrial and service
businesses, often acquired from family owners,
and focuses on creating value through driving
growth and operational improvements.
Over the past year, Chequers has succeeded in
realising several portfolio companies, despite
thegeneral slowdown in the exit environment,
resulting in sizeable distributions to PIP,
includingthose from Serma, Riri and MTA.
Strong realisations
at impressive uplifts
Provider of electronic testing services
and solutions, for the aerospace,
transportation, energy and
telecommunications sectors,
basedin France.
Exited to a financial buyer in
July 2022:
Manufacturer of coated metal
accessories such as zips, buttons
and buckles for the high-end
luxuryfashion industry, based
inSwitzerland.
Exited to Oerlikon Group, a Swiss
strategic buyer, in February 2023:
Manufacturer of heating,
ventilation and air conditioning
equipment based in Italy.
Exited to Trane Technologies,
a US strategic buyer, in May 2023:
£1.6m
Proceeds to PIP
2.4x
Return generated
32%
IRR
50%
Uplift on exit
£2.1m
Proceeds to PIP
2.7x
Return generated
34%
IRR
82%
Uplift on exit
£1.0m
Proceeds to PIP
3.2x
Return generated
40%
IRR
56%
Uplift on exit
Value creation bridge
1.0x
1.1x
0.1x
0.5x 2.7x
+31.6%
3.0
1.5
0.5
0
1.0
2.0
2.5
Entry
multiple
EBITDA
growth
Multiple
expansion
Deleverage Exit
multiple
Value creation bridge
1.0x
0.6x
0.6x
1.0x 3.2x
+31.6%
4
3
1
0
2
Entry
multiple
EBITDA
growth
Multiple
expansion
Deleverage Exit
multiple
Value creation bridge
Entry
multiple
1.0x
EBITDA
growth
Multiple
expansion
Deleverage Exit
multiple
0.9x
0.1x
0.4x 2.4x
+31.6%
3.0
2.0
0
1.0
2.5
1.5
0.5
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 86
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Net Portfolio Cash Flow
Net portfolio cash flow equals distributions
less capital calls.
A continued focus on the portfolio’s maturity
profile means that PIP is well-positioned to
generate positive cash flows.
With a long-term average distribution rate
of 20-25%, PIP’s portfolio has been cash
flow positive since 2010.
PIP’s total net portfolio cash flow over the
last ten years has been £1.7bn.
Net portfolio cash flow
300
200
100
0
2014
2015
2016 2017 2018 2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
250
150
50
NET PORTFOLIO CASH FLOW (£M)
Net portfolio cash flow
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 87
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Distributions
Although PIP’s portfolio has continued to generate cash, there has been a slowdown in distributions during the period.
The challenging economic environment has impacted exit activity.
1 Distribution rate equals distributions inthe period
(annualised) divided byopening por tfolio value.
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
Aug
18
Nov
18
Feb
19
May
19
Aug
19
Nov
19
Feb
20
May
20
Aug
20
Nov
20
Feb
21
May
21
Aug
21
Nov
21
Feb
22
May
22
Aug
22
May
23
Nov
22
Feb
23
ANNUALISED DISTRIBUTION RATE BY QUARTER
With a weighted average fund maturity of
4.8 years at the end of the period (31 May
2022: 4.9 years), PIP’s portfolio continued
togenerate cash.
PIP received £223m in proceeds from
PIP’sportfolio in the year to 31 May 2023
(year to 31 May 2022: £419m), equivalent
to10% of opening private equity assets
(31May 2022: 25%).
Quarterly distribution rates
1
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 88
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Distributions case study
Proceeds
£10.8m
Manager
Lee Equity Partners
Geography
USA
Type
Co-investment
Sector
Financials
Stage
Small/mid buyout
Vintage
2019
Exit type
Secondary buyout
Strong returns
from specialty insurance
K2 is one of the largest Managing General Agent (“MGA) platforms in
theUSA, providing insurance carriers with distribution, underwriting
andclaims management services for specialty insurance lines.
Thecompany underwrites c.US$ 1.4bn of premiums across more
than 24 different programmes.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 89
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Distributions case study
Investment rationale
As one of the largest MGA platforms
inthe USA specialty insurance market,
K2is well-positioned to capitalise onthe
highly fragmented market opportunity.
K2 has delivered historically strong
underwriting results that materially
outperform the industry average, which
is critical for retaining existing carrier
relationships and expanding into
newones.
Strong value proposition across the
specialty insurance spectrum from
broker to carrier; the higher-returning
lines they underwrite are difficult for
traditional insurers to access profitably
on their own.
Attractive financial profile characterised
by high recurring revenues, strong free
cash flow, and virtually no balance
sheetrisk.
Our relationship
Pantheon is a primary investor in a number
of Lee Equity Partners funds and has also
previously co-invested alongside the
private equity manager.
Active management and
valuecreation
Lee Equity Partners bolstered the
management team with key senior hires
to support the growth of the business.
This included a new President, Chief
Claims Officer, Chief Actuary and
Financial Controller.
K2 completed 20 acquisitions, start-ups
and “team lift-outs” in order to expand
into new specialty lines and geographies.
The company drove carrier partner
expansion to diversify its sources of
capacity and helped to add new strategic
distribution partnerships.
Lee Equity Partners worked with
management to implement a number
ofoperating best practices including:
– more formalised reporting;
refinement of key performance
indicators (“KPIs”) for the business;
and
leveraging centralised support
servicesacross the platform
toachieve efficiencies.
Lee Equity Partners’ active management
in tandem with management’s execution
resulted in an annualised growth rate
of22% in revenues and 24% in EBITDA
through acombination of organic growth
and strategic M&A.
1 K2 completed a refinancing that re-levered the business.
2 Capital structure impact, mainly capital returned in dividend recapitalisation less management incentive unit dilution.
Exit
In May 2023, Warburg Pincus acquired
K2Insurance Services from Lee Equity
Partners. The sale generated returns of
3.9x on cash and a 51.2% IRR.
Value creation bridge
4.5x
3.0x
2.0x
1.0x
0
Entry multiple
1.0x
EBITDA
growth
Deleverage
1
Multiple
expansion
Other
2
Exit multiple
2.0x
1.2x
(0.4x)
0.1x 3.9x
+31.6%
3.5x
2.5x
1.5x
0.5x
4.0x
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 90
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Distributions case study
Proceeds
£4.6m
Manager
Hg Capital (“Hg”)
Geography
Europe
Type
Co-investment
Sector
Healthcare
Stage
Small/mid buyout
Vintage
2018
Exit type
Strategic sale
Essential software
for care and therapy
Medifox is a leading provider of software solutions to over 16,000 outpatient
care services, elderly care homes, therapist practices, youth care institutions
and non-professional caregivers in Germany.
The business supports care providers with key challenges including
resource and route planning, care documentation, regulatory compliance
and quality assurance of services provided, as well as invoicing systems.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 91
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Distributions case study
Medifox is characterised by a leading
position in a fragmented sector, a robust
financial profile, a highly competent
management team and a “mission-critical”
product. The company is headquartered
inHildesheim, Germany and employs
over500 people across six locations.
Investment rationale
Medifox is a highly attractive
businesswith a fragmented small
andmedium-sized business (“SMB”)
customer base, ahigh retention and
mission-critical, regulatory-driven
product that is useddaily.
Medifox is benefiting from fundamental
trends of integrated care, an ageing
population and digitalisation driving
underlying growth forthe coming
decades.
Further growth is expected in the core
outpatient segment, with tangible
mergers and acquisition opportunities
tofurther gainsector share in newer
therapy and in-patient segments.
Opportunities to make operational
improvements led by a strong
management team and operators.
Our relationship
Pantheon has been a longstanding investor
with the manager having backed several
mid-cap Hg funds since 2006. In addition,
Pantheon holds advisory board seats for
allof the Hg funds that it is invested in.
Active management and
valuecreation
Medifox has grown substantially as a
resultof several of Hg’s initiatives since
2018, including:
Achieving annualised organic
revenuegrowth of over 10% via new
customer wins and delivering adjacent
functionality. This resulted in annualised
revenue growth which was over 30%
better than the peer average.
Driving product and service innovation
for the customers via the largest
dedicated elderly care software
researchand development team in
Germany (e.g.the new next-generation
cloud-ready elderly care product).
Driving digitalisation of sales and
investing in systems landscape to deliver
strong incremental margins, expanding
EBITDA margins over time.
Building a repeatable mergers and
acquisition platform, with the execution
and integration of nine acquisitions,
including DAN Produkte.
Exit
Medifox was acquired by the US-listed
strategic buyer, ResMed, a global leader
incloud-connected medical devices and
out-of-hospital software-as-a-service
(“SaaS”) business solutions, in a
transaction valuing the business at an
estimated US$1bn. PIP made a return of
4.1x on theoriginal cost and a 40% IRR.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 92
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
The annual call rate for the year to 31 May 2023 was equivalent to 21% of opening undrawn commitments (31 May 2022: 35%).
The decline in the call rate reflects the slowdown in deal activity during the period.
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
Aug
18
Nov
18
Feb
19
May
19
Aug
19
Nov
19
Feb
20
May
20
Aug
20
Nov
20
Feb
21
May
21
Aug
21
Nov
21
Feb
22
May
22
Aug
22
May
23
35%
25%
15%
5%
Nov
22
Feb
23
ANNUALISED CALL RATE BY QUARTER
1 Call rate equals calls in the period (annualised) divided
by opening undrawn commitments. All call figures
exclude the acquisition cost of new secondary and
co-investment transactions.
Calls
PIP paid £155m to finance calls on
undrawn commitments during the year
(year to 31 May 2022: £187m).
Quarterly call rate
1
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 93
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments
New commitments during the year were equally weighted across the three investment types, with each demonstrating
attractive characteristics for overall portfolio construction.
Our investment process
Investment opportunities in
companies and funds are
originated via Pantheon’s extensive
and well-established platform.
We invest with many of the best
private equity managers who are
able to identify and create value
in their portfolio companies.
Cash generated from the sale
of those companies is returned
to PIP and redeployed into new
investment opportunities.
Manager-led secondaries 35%
Primaries 33%
Co-investments 32%
PIP committed £441m to 25 new
investments during the year (31 May 2022:
£496m, 70 new investments).
PIP invested in six manager-led
secondaries (£154.9m). This included
aUS$112.5m (£93.5m) commitment to
the Pantheon Secondary Opportunity
Fund II, which is focused on
manager-ledsecondaries.
In addition, PIP committed to eight
primaries (£147.4m) and 11 co-investments
(£138.5m).
New commitments
by region
New commitments by
investment type
New commitments
by stage
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 94
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
The majority of commitments made in the year were to opportunities in the developed US and European private equity markets.
USA 40%
Europe 39%
Global
1
21%
New Commitments
Our investment process
Investment opportunities in
companies and funds are
originated via Pantheon’s extensive
and well-established platform.
We invest with many of the best
private equity managers who are
able to identify and create value
in their portfolio companies.
Cash generated from the sale
of those companies is returned
to PIP and redeployed into new
investment opportunities.
PIP committed £441m to 25 new
investments during the year (31 May 2022:
£496m, 70 new investments).
PIP invested in six manager-led
secondaries (£154.9m). This included
aUS$112.5m (£93.5m) commitment to
the Pantheon Secondary Opportunity
Fund II, which is focused on
manager-ledsecondaries.
In addition, PIP committed to eight
primaries (£147.4m) and 11 co-investments
(£138.5m).
1 Global consists of the US$112.5m 93.5m)
commitment to the Pantheon Secondary
OpportunityFund II (PSOF II), which is focused
onmanager-led secondaries.
New commitments
by region
New commitments by
investment type
New commitments
by stage
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 95
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments
Small and mid market buyout investment activity was robust during the period.
Small/mid buyout 58%
Generalist
1
21%
Large/mega buyout 18%
Venture 3%
Our investment process
Investment opportunities in
companies and funds are
originated via Pantheon’s extensive
and well-established platform.
We invest with many of the best
private equity managers who are
able to identify and create value
in their portfolio companies.
Cash generated from the sale
of those companies is returned
to PIP and redeployed into new
investment opportunities.
1 Generalist relates to a US$112.5m 93.5m)
commitment to the Pantheon Secondary
OpportunityFund II (“PSOF II), which is focused
onsingle-asset secondaries.
PIP committed £441m to 25 new
investments during the year (31 May 2022:
£496m, 70 new investments).
PIP invested in six manager-led
secondaries (£154.9m). This included
aUS$112.5m (£93.5m) commitment to
the Pantheon Secondary Opportunity
Fund II, which is focused on
manager-ledsecondaries.
In addition, PIP committed to eight
primaries (£147.4m) and 11 co-investments
(£138.5m).
New commitments
by region
New commitments by
investment type
New commitments
by stage
Focus on Manager-led Secondaries
What we look for:
Mid-market focus
Tilt towards companies in the small &
medium buyout and growth equity stages
managed by top quality private equity
managers.
High-quality companies
Companies that constitute prized assets
for managers, in non-cyclical industries
with growth driven by structural tailwinds.
Transaction alignment
Sound transaction rationale with strong
alignment of interest across the company
management team, the private equity
manager and secondary investor.
Deal structure
Focus on leading or co-leading deals to
drive structure, terms and alignment of
interest.
During the financial year, PIP committed
$112.5m (£93.5m) to the Pantheon
Secondary Opportunity Fund II, which
is focused on manager-led secondaries
in single company assets.
This commitment forms part of
the Company’s strategy to capitalise
on attractive opportunities in this
fast-growing segment of the
secondaries market.
PIP benefits from Pantheon’s extensive
platform and experience in the
secondary market. Pantheon has over
13 years’ experience in manager-led
transactions, decades long relationships
that can be leveraged for sourcing and
information, while the Secondaries
Investment Committee has almost
200 years of combined private markets
experience.
Unprecedented market opportunity
Strong deal flow
Manager-led secondaries represented
~50% of all transaction volume in 2022
1
.
Viable exit option for managers
Increased demand from investors and
managers as PE exit activity at record low.
Elevated liquidity needs
90% of investors elected to sell to
continuation vehicles in the first half
of 2022
2
.
Limited dry powder
Under supply of capital relative
to opportunity set.
1 Jefferies H1 2023 Global Secondary Market Review.
2 Lazard Sponsor Led Secondary Market Report – H1 2022.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 96
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Taking advantage of the attractive
manager-led secondary market
Manager-led transaction volume (US$bn)
1
24%
32%
30%
58%
52%
48%
2017
YEAR
2018
2020
2019
2021 2022 H1 2023
14
24
26
35
68
52
2023E
45+
Manager-led transaction volume 2023 Estimate % of total volume
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 97
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments case study
Manager
Montagu Private Equity
(“Montagu”)
Sector
Financials
Geography
Europe
Type
Co-investment
Stage
Small/mid buyout
Commitment
£8.1m
Essential architects in the
world of asset management
Waystone is a provider of outsourced governance, risk and compliance
services to the asset management industry. The company services a
number of blue-chip asset managers with combined assets under
management of US$2tn. Waystone has grown to now employ c.350
individuals in globally recognised epicentres for fund management
includingLondon, Hong Kong, Singapore, Ireland and Luxembourg.
Our relationship
Pantheon has a long-standing relationship
with Montagu. PIP is a primary investor
andhas also co-invested alongside the
manager, while Pantheon holds an
advisory board seat with Montagu.
Early engagement with Montagu allowed
Pantheon to secure a sizeable allocation
inthis opportunity.
Active management and
valuecreation
As a joint owner of Waystone, Montagu
willhave the opportunity to implement
organisational best practices and further
support Waystone’s buy-and-build strategy.
In April 2023, shortly following PIP’s
co-investment in the company,
Waystonesigned agreements to acquire
Link Fund Solutions, a European fund
services provider with £160bn of assets
under oversight and administration,
closingsubject to regulatory approval
andother conditions. Combined with the
acquisitions of KB Associates, Centaur
Fund Administration and T. Bailey Fund
Services in the past year, a comprehensive
product offering and exposure to
structurally growing markets, Waystone
iswell placed to continue its current
growthtrajectory.
Investment rationale
Founded in 2000, the company has
grown organically and through a
mergers and acquisition strategy, with
nine add-on acquisitions completed
between 2019 and 2021.
The company provides services that are
mission-critical to a fund’s set-up and
ongoing operation. This results in a
sticky business model evidenced by
historically low customer churn rates
and limited customer switching.
Regulatory scrutiny and increasing
complexity are providing a strong
tailwind for the industry, in which
Waystone is a leading player.
Montagu has extensive experience in
fund services, including a successful
investment in peer company,
Universal Investment.
Since Montagu’s investment in 2021,
thecompany has grown organically and
through targeted add-on acquisitions
which have expanded Waystone’s
service offering and geographical
footprint.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 98
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments case study
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 99
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments case study
Company
Sentinel Capital
Partners VII
Manager
Sentinel Capital Partners
(“Sentinel”)
Geography
North America
Type
Primary
Commitment
£19.3m
Top performance
from a proven partner
Sentinel is a US-based private equity manager focused on investing in
mid-market businesses. The manager has raised US$11.2 billion of capital
since inception and has a track record of growing businesses and creating
value for investors. In November 2022, Sentinel Capital Partners VII raised
$4.35 billion from new and existing investors, with strong demand resulting
in a larger than targeted fund.
Pantheon has a long-standing relationship with Sentinel with PIP investing in
one of Sentinel’s previous funds. Pantheon also holds four advisory board
seats with the manager.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 100
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments case study
Investment rationale
Sentinel aims to create value through
operational improvements that lead to
both revenue and profit growth, while
accretive add-on acquisitions also
drivegrowth.
Sentinel is a top-quartile performing
manager with a proven and repeatable
investment strategy.
The manager has a stable senior
investment team, with a combined total
average of over 20 years at Sentinel.
Sentinel’s investment strategy
Sentinel targets mid-market companies
and the fund will consist of roughly
20–25 equity investments of $150 to
$175 million each.
The manager has a strong focus on core
industry sectors including: business
services, consumer products/services,
healthcare services, and industrials.
When assessing an investment
opportunity, Sentinel is seeking:
A strong management team with a
long-term vision and alignment
ofinterest;
Market leadership in the product line,
geography or technology;
A diversified customer base or
productline; and
The opportunity to grow via M&A
ororganically.
Maiden investment from
Sentinel Capital Partners VII
In November 2022, Sentinel made
its first investment from Sentinel
Capital Partners VII into L2
Brands(“L2”). L2 is a designer,
manufacturer and marketer of
custom-decorated apparel and
headwear for the collegiate,
destination and leisure, and
corporate markets. Since its
founding in 1991, L2 has
becomea diversified business
with a history of long-term
profitable growth.
Sentinel’s experience and track
record in this sector will enable
L2 to accelerate its growth, both
organically and through add-on
acquisitions.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 101
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments case study
Manager
Deutsche Private Equity
(“DPE”)
Sector
Information Technology
Geography
Europe
DESCRIPTION AND COMMITMENT:
valantic
Digital consulting and
software company
9.7m)
Eraneos
An independent
management and
technology consulting
firm (£8.6m)
Digital transformation,
delivered
PIP invested in a manager-led secondary transaction with DPE that
comprised two high-growth technology and digital consulting businesses:
valantic and Eraneos.
Type
Manager-led Secondary
Stage
Small/mid buyout
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 102
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
New Commitments case study
The growth of the digital transformation
services market is expected to provide
astrong tailwind for both companies,
with an expected compounded annual
growth rate of 9% until 2026 taking
thetotal market size to more than €80bn.
The businesses benefit from their sticky
customer relationships, substantial
scale combined with a customer-centric
approach and a full end-to-end
consulting service that is ableto
respondto customers’ needs.
Eraneos has delivered robust performance
with consistent above-market organic
growth, maintained strong margins and
cash conversion over the recent years.
In combination with a well-executed
growth strategy and successful
buy-and-build strategy Eraneos was
ableto strengthen its positioning with
afootprint in four European markets.
Active management and
valuecreation
Both businesses have grown
substantially under the ownership of
DPE, with revenues increasing by over
270% for Eraneos since it was acquired
in 2017, and more than 240% for valantic
since it was acquired in 2019.
valantic is a consultancy and provider
ofsoftware solutions for digital
transformations. The company has
over800 consultants and developers
andis represented in Germany, Austria,
Switzerland, Belgium, the Netherlands,
Portugal and many other international
locations.
Eraneos is an international management
and technology consulting group providing
digitalisation and transformation services,
from strategy development through to
implementation. The company has 1,000
consultants in four core markets (Switzerland,
Germany, the Netherlands and Spain).
Investment rationale
DPE is a top-tier manager operating in
Germany, Austria and Switzerland that
has a strong track record of supporting
and delivering organic growth for its
portfolio companies and specialises
inexecuting buy-and-build growth
strategies. The manager has
consistently generated strong
returnsover several funds.
DPE wanted to move the two businesses
to a continuation fund so that additional
capital could be provided for further
accretive add-on acquisitions.
valantic has a track record of completing
and integrating add-on acquisitions,
with15 completed under the ownership
of DPE, who originally invested in the
business in 2019.
valantic sees routes to further value
creation through the launch of new
technologies and service offerings.
These will enable customers to benefit
from a more comprehensive portfolio
ofproducts and services, while the
business will also focus on developing
new customer markets in Scandinavia
and Benelux. The company has
continued to deliver strong organic
growth and has already completed
fiveadd-on acquisitions over the past
sixmonths.
Eraneos has also continued to expand
through M&A with two recent
acquisitions in Germany. In addition,
thegroup is pursuing organic growth
opportunities andrecently opened a new
office in Austria,while enhanced client
support and expanding joint consultancy
businesses are also expected to drive
growth. Eraneos is targeting double-digit
growth for 2023 and beyond.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 103
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Buyout Analysis
1
Weighted average revenue and EBITDA
growth of 21% and 15%, respectively,
for PIP’s sample buyout companies have
consistently exceeded growth rates
seenamong companies that constitute
theMSCI World index. Strong top-line
performance, disciplined cost control,
operational expertise and good earnings
growth, together with an efficient use of
capital, underpin the investment thesis
of many private equity managers.
30%
20%
0%
-20%
Dec
17
Dec
19
Dec
20
10%
-10%
Dec
18
Dec
21
Dec
22
Annual revenue growth
2
10%
-10%
-30%
Dec
17
Dec
19
Dec
21
0%
30%
Dec
18
Dec
20
Dec
22
20%
-40%
Annual EBITDA growth
2
PIP buyout sample MSCI World
1 The sample buyout figures for the 12 months to
31 December 2022 were calculated using all the
information available to the Company. The figures
arebased on unaudited data. MSCI data was sourced
from Bloomberg. See page 182 of the Alternative
Performance Measures section for sample
calculations and disclosures.
2 MSCI World, 2022 and 2021 aggregate market-weighted
revenue and EBITDA growth data is derivedfrom
constituent companies compared on year-on-year
basis for the financial years ending 2022 and 2021.
Valuation multiple
Revenue and EBITDA
growth
Debt multiples
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 104
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
20.0x
15.0x
5.0x
10.0x
0.0x
PIP buyout sample MSCI World
17.8x
16.2x
Accounting standards require private
equity managers to value their portfolios at
fair value. Public market movements can
be reflected in valuations.
PIP’s sample-weighted average Enterprise
Value (EV)/EBITDA was 17.8 times
compared to 16.2 times for the MSCI
World index; and this should be considered
in the context of the underlying growth
rates for each.
PIP invests proportionately more in
high-growth sectors such as mission-critical
B2B information technology and healthcare,
and these sectors tend to trade at a
premium to othersectors.
1 The sample buyout figures for the 12 months to
31 December 2022 were calculated using all the
information available to the Company. The figures
arebased on unaudited data. MSCI data was sourced
from Bloomberg. See page 182 of the Alternative
Performance Measures section for sample
calculations and disclosures.
2 Full buyout portfolio.
3 As at 31 December 2022.
Information technology 27%
Healthcare 20%
Consumer 17%
Industrials 13%
Financials 12%
Communication services 6%
Materials 3%
Energy 1%
Real estate 1%
Buyout portfolio
2
Information technology 18%
Consumer 18%
Financials 16%
Healthcare 15%
Industrials 11%
Communication services 6%
Energy 6%
Materials 4%
Real estate 3%
Utilities 3%
MSCI World
3
Valuation multiple
Revenue and EBITDA
growth
Debt multiples
Buyout Analysis
1
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 105
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Buyout Analysis
1
Venture, growth and buyout investments
have differing leverage characteristics.
Average debt multiples for small/mid
buyout investments, which represent the
largest segment of PIP’s buyout portfolio,
are typically lower than debt levels in the
large/mega-buyout segment.
The venture and growth portfolios have
little or no reliance on leverage.
% of PIP’s
portfolio
45% 26%
7.0x
4.0x
2.0x
0.0x
Small/mid buyout LBO
2
(Market Data)
4.2x
5.9x
6.0x
1.0x
3.0x
5.0x
5.7x
Large/mega buyout
1 The sample buyout figures for the 12 months to
31 December 2022 were calculated using all the
information available to the Company. The figures
arebased on unaudited data. MSCI data was sourced
from Bloomberg. See page 182 of the Alternative
Performance Measures section for sample
calculations and disclosures.
2 Leveraged buyout data sourced from Pitchbook’s Leveraged Commentary & Data (LCD), 2022.
Valuation multiple
Revenue and EBITDA
growth
Debt multiples
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 106
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Cross-section of PIP’s largest 50 companies
Largest 50 Companies
PIP’s largest 50 companies, which
accounted for 28% of NAV at the year
end, have exhibited profitable growth
in the past 12 months, and make a
significant contribution towards
overall portfolio performance.
Information technology 39%
Healthcare 22%
Consumer 16%
Financials 10%
Industrials 6%
Communication services 5%
Energy 2%
USA 58%
Europe 27%
Asia & RoW 15%
Resilient
2
85%
Cyclical 15%
Exposure by sector
1
Exposure by region Exposure by industry type
1 Based on March 2023 valuations and adjusted for May 2023.
2 Resilient companies are defined as those operating in industries with structural growth trends, producing
mission-critical products or have recurring revenue models.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 107
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Attractive portfolio growth and profitability characteristics
The 50 largest companies in PIPs portfolio are held at a significant multiple over cost
PIP’s largest 50 companies, which
accounted for 28% of NAV at the year
end, have exhibited profitable growth
in the past 12 months, and make a
significant contribution towards
overall portfolio performance.
Largest 50 Companies
50%
30%
10%
>2.0x
1.0x–1.5x
PROPORTION ON TOP 50 NAV (SINCE INCEPTION)
13%
<1.0x
0%
20%
1.5x–2.0x
34%
9%
44%
40%
GROSS MULTIPLES ON INITIAL COST
Average NAV-weighted revenue
growth in the last 12 months
27.1%
Average NAV-weighted
EBITDA growth
26.8%
Proportion of companies
with positive EBITDA
91%
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 108
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Other Information – The largest 50 companies by value
1
Company Website Country Sector Investment type Description
% of PIP
portfolio
1 USA Healthcare Manager-led Secondary Recruitment platform for nurses 1.1%
2
Netherlands Consumer Manager-led Secondary Non-food discount stores 1.0%
3
Switzerland Information Technology Co-Investment; Secondary
Provider of IT management and monitoring
softwareservices
0.8%
4
USA Financials Primary; Secondary Mobile phone insurance company 0.8%
5
USA Healthcare Manager-led Secondary Specialist eye treatment provider 0.7%
6
Hong Kong Financials Co-Investment; Secondary A fund administrator and corporate service provider 0.7%
7
Germany Information Technology Manager-led Secondary Digital consulting and software company 0.7%
8
USA Information Technology
Primary; Co-Investment;
Secondary
Cybersecurity software company 0.7%
9
USA Information Technology Co-Investment; Primary
Developer of a cloud-based modelling and
planningplatform
0.7%
10
USA Information Technology Co-Investment Provider of cloud consulting and engineering services 0.7%
11
United Kingdom Consumer Manager-led Secondary Ice cream and frozen food manufacturer 0.7%
12
USA Energy Secondary Natural gas and oil producer 0.7%
13
USA Healthcare Manager-led Secondary
Commercial services platform for the life
sciencessector
0.7%
1 The largest 50 companies table is based upon underlying company valuations at 31 March 2023 adjusted for known call and distributions to 31 May 2023, and includes the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the ALN.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 109
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Company Website Country Sector Investment type Description
% of PIP
portfolio
14 USA Financials Co-Investment; Primary
Provider of technology-enabled retirement and
investment services
0.7%
15
USA Communication Services Manager-led Secondary Entertainment, media and sportsagency 0.7%
16
USA Healthcare
Co-Investment;
Manager-led Secondary
Healthcare provider 0.7%
17
Norway Information Technology Primary; Co-Investment
Provider of software solutions for finance and HR
departments
0.6%
18
USA Industrials Manager-led Secondary Consultant to telecommunication service providers 0.6%
19
Israel Healthcare Manager-led Secondary
Provider of medical and dental equipment
andimplants
0.6%
20
USA Healthcare Manager-led Secondary
Developer of cloud-based patient safety and risk
management software
0.6%
21
Spain Communication Services Co-Investment Digital advertising company 0.5%
22
USA Industrials Manager-led Secondary Digital marketing and recruitment services provider 0.5%
23
USA Information Technology Manager-led Secondary Provider of wireless internet connectivity solutions 0.5%
24
USA Healthcare Manager-led Secondary Orthodontic treatments and servicesprovider 0.5%
25
USA Information Technology
Primary; Co-Investment;
Secondary
Managed IT service provider 0.5%
26
USA Financials Co-Investment; Commercial insurance broker 0.5%
Other Information – The largest 50 companies by value
1
1 The largest 50 companies table is based upon underlying company valuations at 31 March 2023 adjusted for known call and distributions to 31 May 2023, and includes the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the ALN.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 110
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Company Website Country Sector Investment type Description
% of PIP
portfolio
27 USA Consumer Co-Investment Online distributor of pet food andsupplies 0.5%
28
USA Industrials Co-Investment Provider of food waste recycling services 0.5%
29
Hong Kong Consumer Primary; Co-Investment Operator of educational institutions 0.5%
30
USA Information Technology Co-Investment Cybersecurity services provider 0.5%
31
Australia Consumer Manager-led Secondary Producer of beef and other animal protein products 0.5%
32
Germany Healthcare Manager-led Secondary Specialist pharmaceutical company 0.5%
33
United Kingdom Information Technology Co-Investment
Provider of business management software solutions
to SMEs
0.5%
34
Sweden Information Technology Co-Investment; Primary Developer of enterprise resource planning software 0.5%
35
USA Healthcare Co-Investment; Primary Provider of disclosure management services 0.5%
36
USA Information Technology Primary; Co-Investment Provider of enterprise identity governance solutions 0.4%
37
Norway Information Technology
Primary;
Manager-led Secondary
Developer of content production tools for the digital
media industry
0.4%
38
India Financials Co-Investment Health insurance provider 0.4%
39
Kazakhstan Financials Primary Banking products and services provider 0.4%
Other Information – The largest 50 companies by value
1
1 The largest 50 companies table is based upon underlying company valuations at 31 March 2023 adjusted for known call and distributions to 31 May 2023, and includes the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the ALN.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 111
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Company Website Country Sector Investment type Description
% of PIP
portfolio
40 USA Information Technology Co-Investment
Provider of 3D design, engineering and
manufacturing solutions
0.4%
41
Switzerland Information Technology Primary; Secondary Developer of coding software 0.4%
42
USA Consumer Manager-led Secondary Restaurant franchise 0.4%
43
Germany Information Technology Primary
Developer of an HR management
andrecruitmentplatform
0.4%
44
USA Consumer Co-Investment Restaurant franchise 0.4%
45
USA Information Technology Co-Investment IT services management company 0.4%
46
USA Information Technology
Co-Investment;
Manager-led Secondary
Mobile data analytics company 0.4%
47
USA Information Technology Co-Investment Digital security company 0.4%
48
USA Communication Services Manager-led Secondary Content provider to the legal industry 0.4%
49
Sweden Healthcare Co-Investment
Developer of human protein biomarker
discoveryproducts
0.4%
50
South Korea Consumer Co-Investment Producer of meal kits 0.4%
Coverage of PIPs private equity asset value 28.0%
Other Information – The largest 50 companies by value
1
1 The largest 50 companies table is based upon underlying company valuations at 31 March 2023 adjusted for known call and distributions to 31 May 2023, and includes the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the ALN.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 112
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Other Information – The largest 50 managers by value
Rank Manager Website Region
1
Stage
% of total private
equity asset value
2
1 USA Growth 6.9%
2
Global Venture, Growth 3.9%
3
USA Buyout, Growth 3.2%
4
Europe Buyout 2.9%
5
Global Buyout 2.4%
6
USA Buyout 2.1%
7
USA Buyout 2.1%
8
Asia & EM Growth 2.0%
9
USA Buyout 1.9%
10
USA Buyout 1.8%
11
USA Buyout 1.7%
12
(Previously Apax Partners SAS)
Europe Buyout 1.5%
13
Europe Buyout 1.5%
1 Refers to the regional exposure of funds.
2 Percentages look through underlying vehicle structures and exclude the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the ALN.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 113
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Rank Manager Website Region
1
Stage
% of total private
equity asset value
2
14 Asia & EM Growth 1.5%
15
USA Buyout 1.4%
16
USA Special Situations 1.3%
17
USA Buyout 1.3%
18
Europe Buyout 1.3%
19
Global Buyout 1.3%
20
Europe Buyout 1.2%
21
Global Buyout 1.2%
22
USA Buyout 1.2%
23
Europe Buyout 1.2%
24
USA Growth 1.1%
25
USA Buyout 1.1%
26
Global Buyout 1.1%
Other Information – The largest 50 managers by value
1 Refers to the regional exposure of funds.
2 Percentages look through underlying vehicle structures and exclude the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the ALN.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 114
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
1 Refers to the regional exposure of funds.
2 Percentages look through underlying vehicle structures and exclude the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the ALN.
3 The private equity manager does not permit the Company to disclose this information.
Rank Manager Website Region
1
Stage
% of total private
equity asset value
2
27 Europe Buyout 1.0%
28
Europe Buyout 0.9%
29
USA Special Situations 0.9%
30
USA Special Situations 0.9%
31
USA Buyout 0.9%
32
Europe Buyout 0.9%
33
USA Buyout 0.8%
34 Growth Fund
3
USA Growth 0.8%
35
Europe Buyout 0.8%
36
USA Buyout 0.8%
37
USA Buyout 0.8%
38
USA Buyout 0.8%
Other Information – The largest 50 managers by value
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 115
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Other Information – The largest 50 managers by value
Rank Manager Website Region
1
Stage
% of total private
equity asset value
2
39 Europe Buyout 0.8%
40
Global Buyout 0.8%
41
USA Buyout 0.7%
42
Europe Buyout 0.7%
43
USA Buyout 0.7%
44
USA Growth 0.7%
45
USA Buyout 0.6%
46
USA Buyout 0.6%
47
Europe Buyout 0.6%
48
USA Growth 0.6%
49
Europe Buyout 0.6%
50
Europe Buyout 0.6%
Coverage of PIPs private equity asset value 68.4%
1 Refers to the regional exposure of funds.
2 Percentages look through underlying vehicle structures and exclude the portion of the reference portfolio attributable to the ALN.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 116
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Key Pantheon Personnel Supporting PIP
Helen Steers
PIP and European Investment, Partner
Joined 2004; 34 years of private equity
experience. Helen is a Partner in Pantheon’s
European Investment Team and is
responsible for co-managing the activities
ofPIP. She is a member of Pantheon’s
International Investment Committee,
European Investment Committee and Global
Co-Investment Committee. Prior to joining
Pantheon, Helen held senior positions at
Russell Investments in Paris and at the
Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec in
Montréal. Helen is a past Chair and member
of the Council (Board) of the British Private
Equity and Venture Capital Association
(“BVCA”). She has also served as a Board
member of Invest Europe and is a co-founder
of Level 20.
Vicki Bradley
Head of Investor Relations and
Communications for PIP
Joined 2016; over 14 years of investor
relations and communications experience
with publicly listed companies. Vicki is also a
member of the UK Investor Relations Society
Policy Committee. Prior to joining Pantheon,
she held senior roles at FTSE 100 and FTSE
250 companies, as well as at a Dutch-listed
investment trust.
Maria Candelario
Principal, PIP
Joined 2014; 14 years of private equity and
investment banking experience. Maria is
responsible for investment strategy, portfolio
management, vehicle financing and reporting
for PIP. Prior to joining Pantheon, Maria
worked in mergers and acquisitions at Credit
Suisse, where she evaluated investments
andwas responsible for executing buy and
sell-side M&A transactions across a variety
ofsectors. She also held senior finance
positions at Citi and IBM.
Jie Gong
PIP and Asian Investment, Partner
Joined 2013; 24 years of private equity
experience. Jie is a Partner in Pantheon’s
Asia Investment Team and responsible for
co-managing the activities of PIP. She is a
member of the Global Co-investment
Committee and the Asian Regional
Investment Committee. Jie joined Pantheon
from Morgan Stanley Alternative Investment
Partners’ private equity fund-of-funds group
where her last role was head of Asia, and
before that she worked at JP Morgan in
leverage finance. Jie is a past member of the
United Nations Principles for Responsible
Investment (“UNPRI”) Private Equity Advisory
Committee, Vice Chairman of the Hong
Kong Venture Capital and Private Equity
Association (“HKVCA”), and Chairman of
Initiative Climat International (“iCI”)’s Asia
Pacific chapter.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 117
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Key Pantheon Personnel Supporting PIP
Petra Bukovec
Secondary Investment, Partner
Joined 2006; 17 years of private equity
experience. Petra is a Partner in Pantheon’s
Global Secondaries Team, where she is
involved in all aspects of secondary
investments including the analysis,
evaluation and completion of secondary
transactions. She is a member of the Global
Secondary Investment Committee and has
been a member of the secondary team since
joining Pantheon in 2006. Prior to joining
Pantheon, Petra was an investment banking
analyst at Lehman Brothers, focusing on
M&A and other corporate finance mandates.
Eimear Palmer
Global Head of ESG, Partner
Joined 2022; 15 years of private markets
experience. Eimear is a Partner and Global
Head of ESG, with responsibility for
overseeing and developing Pantheon’s ESG
strategy, frameworks and range of initiatives.
Eimear chairs Pantheon’s ESG committee
and is a member of the International
Investment Committee. Prior to joining the
firm, Eimear worked for 14years in private
equity-focused ESG roles,including most
recently as Managing Directorand Head of
Responsible Investment at Intermediate
Capital Group (“ICG”). Before that she worked
at the Carlyle Group.
Farid Barekati
Vice President, Fund Finance
Joined 2020; 10 years of private equity
experience. Farid is a Vice President within
Pantheon’s Fund Finance Team, where he
has operational oversight for the reporting,
valuation and external audit of Pantheon’s UK
listed products, including PIP and Pantheon
Infrastructure Plc. Prior to joining Pantheon,
Farid was the Financial Controller for John
Laing Capital Management, responsible for
their listed funds. He also spent time in
various finance and operations roles within
3i Group Plc, before moving to their listed
infrastructure fund.
Bradley Mitchell
Vice President, Fund Management
Joined 2022; 11 years of private equity and
banking experience. Brad is a Vice President
in Pantheon’s Fund Management team, part
of the Investment team, where he focuses on
fund debt strategies and solutions. Prior to
joining Pantheon, he worked at NatWest
Group as a Director in its Institutional
Banking, Funds Finance division. Brad holds a
bachelor’s degree in International Business &
Economics from Aston University and has
passed all three levels of the CFA Program.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 118
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Key Pantheon Personnel Supporting PIP
Graeme Keenan
Chief Risk Officer, Partner
Joined 1999; 23 years of private markets
experience. Graeme is a Partner and
Pantheon’s Chief Risk Officer, with
responsibility for global risk management.
Graeme also heads up the Performance
Analytics function. He is a member of
Pantheon’s Risk Committee and ESG
Committee. Prior to taking on the role of
ChiefRisk Officer, Graeme was Pantheon’s
Global Head of Operations, responsible for
global client financial reporting, handling the
processing, maintenance and reconciliation
of transactions, valuations and company
data for clients and Pantheon fund-of-funds
within Pantheon’s in-house systems.
Erik Wong
Co-Investment, Partner
Joined 2007; 23 years of private equity
experience. Erik is a Partner in Pantheon’s
Global Co-Investment Team and a member
of the Co-Investment Committee and
European Investment Committee. Erik is
responsible for sourcing, execution and
monitoring co-investments in Europe. Prior
toPantheon, Erik worked for the Abu Dhabi
Investment Authority, IFRS Foundation in
theUK and with Quilvest Asia in Hong Kong.
Amyn Hassanally
Global Head of Private Equity Secondaries,
Partner
Joined 2022; 23 years of private markets
experience. Amyn is a Partner and Global
Head of Private Equity Secondaries. He is a
member of the Global Secondary Investment
Committee. Prior to joining Pantheon Amyn
was an Investment Partner at Coller Capital,
where he worked for17 years in both London
and New York and was formerly the global
Co-Head of Investment Execution. Prior to
joining Coller, he practised corporate law,
focusing on private equity transactions and
fund structuring.
Imogen Richards
Primary Investment, Partner
Joined 2005; 21 years of private markets
experience. Imogen is a Partner on the
European Private Equity team with
responsibility for European primaries and
co-investments, and also the portfolio
strategy and treasury & fund management
teams. Prior to Pantheon Imogen worked
onsmall and mid-market private equity and
mezzanine transactions for Anglo Irish
Bankin Dublin.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 119
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Key Pantheon Personnel Supporting PIP
Susan Long-McAndrews
US Primary Investment, Partner
Joined 2002; 27 years of private equity
experience. Susan is a Partner in Pantheon’s
US Investment Team and leads Pantheon’s
global business development. She is a
member of Pantheon’s Partnership Board,
Executive Committee, International
Investment Committee, the US Investment
Committee and is the Chief Executive Officer
of Pantheon Securities, LLC. Prior to joining
Pantheon, Susan was a principal at Capital Z
Partners in Asia, and a director at Russell
Investments’ private equity group. Susan
has served on the Board of the American
Investment Council, the Investment
Committee for the Archdiocese of San
Francisco and was a Term Member of
theCouncil on Foreign Relations.
Paul Ward
Managing Partner
Joined 2003; 25 years of private equity
experience. Paul is Pantheon’s Managing
Partner and is a member of the Partnership
Board. Paul joined Pantheon from Lehman
Brothers Private Equity Group, where he was
Investment Director. Previously, he worked
for Lehman Brothers Investment Bank in
NewYork and London on M&A and corporate
finance advisory services and, prior to that,
was a management consultant for PA
Consulting.
Jeff Miller
Global Head of Private Equity, Partner
Joined 2008; 22 years of private equity
experience. Jeff is a Partner and Global
Headof Private Equity. He is also Global
Headof Co-investments, leading all
underlying co-investment activities and team
management, and is a member of Pantheon’s
Global Partnership Board, International
Investment Committee, Co-investment
Committee and US Investment Committee.
Prior to joining Pantheon, Jeff was a Principal
at Allied Capital, where he was responsible
forevaluating and executing private equity
andmezzanine investments. Previously,
hewasaVice President in Lehman Brothers’
investment banking division.
Dennis McCrary
Head of Investment, Partner
Joined 2007; 43 years of private markets
experience. Dennis is a Partner and Pantheon’s
Head of Investment with management
oversight of the investment team heads.
Heis a member of Pantheon’s Partnership
Board, Executive Committee, International
Investment Committee, Co-Investment
Committee, Global Secondary Investment
Committee, US Investment Committee,
andGlobal Credit Committee. Dennis was
previously the Head of the US Partnership
Team at Adams Street Partners, where he
was responsible for primary and secondary
fund investments and was a member of the
firm’s global investment committee. Prior to
this, Dennis held several investment banking
and principal investing positions with Bank
ofAmerica and Continental Bank.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 120
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 120
Governance
Board of Directors 121
Directors’ Report 123
Statement on Corporate Governance 128
Audit Committee Report 135
Directors’ Remuneration Report 138
Directors’ Responsibility Statement 141
Independent Auditor’s Report to the
Members of Pantheon International Plc 142
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 121
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Board of Directors
John Singer CBE
Chair
Appointed to the Board 23 November 2016
Mr Singer is an investment and financial services professional with over 30 years’ experience in private
equity. Mr Singer spent over 20 years with Advent International Plc as co-founder, member of the Global
Executive Committee and, until 2012, Chairman of European Operations. He was Managing Director and
founder of Granville Europe plc, one of the first pan-European private equity funds. In addition, he was
Chairman of the European Venture Capital Association.
Mr Singer is involved with several organisations within the arts and education sectors. He is a Trustee of
theNational Galler y, London, Chairman of City of London Sinfonia and Chairman of the National Youth
Orchestra of Great Britain.
A
M
N
I
David Melvin
Audit Committee Chair
Appointed to the Board 23 February 2015
Mr Melvin is an investment and financial services
professional with over 30 years of experience
ininvestment banking and private equity. He is
currently a senior adviser at Bixteth Partners
Limited, a boutique advisory firm, Chairman of HBA
Media Limited, Principal at 24 Haymarket Private
Capital and a member of the Investment Committee
of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge.
Mr Melvin was formerly a Partner at TDR Capital,
aEuropean private equity firm, where he was a
member of the Investment Committee and Head of
Investor Relations. Prior to that, he spent 24 years at
Merrill Lynch, where he held a number of leadership
positions, including Global Co-Head of Financial
Sponsors and Chairman of EMEA Financial
Sponsors and Leverage Finance. He is a qualified
Chartered Accountant.
A
M
N
IA
M
N
I
Mary Ann Sieghart
Senior Independent Director
Appointed to the Board 30 October 2019
Ms Sieghart is a Non-Executive Director of
TheMerchants Trust plc and the Guardian
MediaGroup. Until 2022, she was the Chair of
theInvestment Committee of the Scott Trust,
overseeing its £1.2bn endowment. In addition,
she is a Trustee of the Kennedy Memorial Trust,
among other voluntary posts.
Ms Sieghart is also a journalist, broadcaster and
author of The Authority Gap: Why Women Are Still
Taken Less Seriously Than Men, and What We Can
Do About It. She was formerly Assistant Editor of
The Times, a Lex columnist at the Financial Times
and City Editor of Today. She is a Visiting Professor
of Kings College London and also spentthe
academic year 2018–19 as a Visiting Fellow of
AllSouls College, Oxford.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 122
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Board of Directors
KEY
A
Member of the Audit Committee
M
Member of the Management Engagement
Committee
N
Member of the Nomination Committee
I
Independent of the Manager
John Burgess
Appointed to the Board 23 November 2016
Mr Burgess has over 20 years’ experience within
private equity, following eight years with the Boston
Consulting Group in Paris and London, where he
became a Partner.
Subsequently, he held senior roles with F&C
Ventures Ltd and Candover Investments Plc before
co-founding BC Partners (formerly Baring Capital
Investors Ltd) in 1986, where he was a Managing
Partner until 2005. While at BC Partners, he held
directorships of a variety of companies across the
UK and Continental Europe.
Since 2005, he has remained actively involved in
private equity, as well as increasing his investment
interests in the public markets. Mr Burgess is an
Independent Member of the Governing Body of
theRoyal Academy of Music and was a Director
ofthe Business Growth Fund Plc.
A
M
N
I
Dame Susan Owen DCB
Appointed to the Board 31 October 2019
Dame Sue Owen is an economist with over 30 years’
experience in government, including 14 years at
theTreasury. She led the Depar tment for Digital,
Culture, Media and Sport from 2013 to 2019, having
also worked in the British Embassy in Washington
DC, No. 10, the Department of International
Development and as Strategy Director General in
the Department for Work and Pensions overseeing
a £200bn budget. She has considerable experience
of governance, advising Ministers on board and
chair appointments including at the BBC, Ofcom
and the Tate. She chaired the Civil Service Charity
and was Civil Service Diversity Champion.
Currently, Dame Sue is chair of UK Debt Management
Office Advisory Board, a specialist partner at
Flint-Global and non executive Director at Pool Re,
Serco plc and Methera Global Communications.
Inthe not for profit space she Chairs the Royal Ballet
Governors and is a trustee of Opera Holland Park.
A
M
N
I
Zoe Clements
Appointed to the Board 5 July 2023
Ms Clements is an investment, private equity and
finance professional with over 15 years of board
experience, and over 25 years of executive
experience, notably in a private equity context
atleading firms including Palatine Private Equity,
Electra Partners, LGV Capital and Royal Bank
ofScotland.
She is a current Non-Executive Director
ofJPMorgan Emerging Markets Investment Trust
plc and is also a Member of the Social Investment
Advisory Committee of the Growth Impact Fund
and a Trustee of the Money and Mental Health
PolicyInstitute. She has previously sat on a
rangeofconsumer, retail, leisure, healthcare and
professional services boards as a Non-Executive
Director. She qualified as a Chartered Accountant
with PwC.
A
M
N
I
Rahul Welde
Appointed to the Board 25 July 2023
Mr Welde is a marketing and digital professional
who spent almost 31 years in senior, international
roles at Unilever. He is a current Non-Executive
Director of Entain Plc and Parentinc Pte Ltd
(Singapore), and is Chair of the Advisory Board
ofMigrant Leaders, a UK charity. He also serves
inan advisor y capacity to corporations and
technology-led companies including those at
thestartup and scaleup stages.
A
M
N
I
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 123
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Directors’ Report
Articles of Association
Any amendments to the Articles of
Association must be made by special
resolution at a general meeting of the
shareholders.
Share Capital
The rights attaching to the Company’s shares
are set out in the Company’s Articles of
Association. Further details canbe found
in Note 15 of the financial statements.
Authorities given to the Directors at the
AGM on 18 October 2022 to allot shares,
disapply statutory pre-emption rights
andbuy back shares will expire at the
forthcoming AGM. In order to take
advantage of the investment opportunity
offered by the discount to NAV on the
shares, during the year 7,600,183 shares,
representing 1.4% of the called-up share
capital and a nominal value of £509,212.26,
were bought back foran aggregate amount
of £19,558,638 andsubsequently cancelled.
As at 31 May 2023, authority to buy back
afurther 78,872,351 shares remained.
As at 31 May 2023 and as at the date of this
Report, the Company had shares inissue
as shown in the table below, all ofwhich
were listed on the official list maintained
bythe Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”)
and admitted to trading on the London
Stock Exchange. No shares were held in
Treasury at the year end.
The Company’s ordinary shares are freely
transferable. However, the Directors may
refuse to register a transfer of shares held
in certificated form which are not fully paid
unless the instrument of transfer is (i)
lodged, duly stamped at the Company’s
registered office, accompanied by the
relevant share certificate(s) and such other
evidence (if any) as the Directors may
reasonably require to show the right of the
transferor to make the transfer and (ii) not
in favour of more than four persons jointly.
The Directors may decline to register a
transfer of an uncertificated share in the
circumstances set out in the Uncertified
Securities Regulations 2001 and where,
inthe case of a transfer to joint holders,
thenumber of joint holders to whom the
uncertificated share is to be transferred
exceeds four. If the Directors decline to
register a transfer, they are required to
sendnotice of the refusal to the transferee
within two months, giving reasons for
theirdecision.
Unless the Directors determine otherwise,
a holder of ordinary shares will cease to
beentitled to attend or vote at general
meetings of the Company or on any poll if
he/she fails to comply with a request by the
Company to provide details of any interest
held by any person in his/her ordinary
shares within 14 days of the request being
made. Additionally, if the shares represent
at least 0.25%, any dividends payable in
respect of the shares will be withheld by
The Directors are pleased to
present their report, together
with the audited financial
statements of the Company
for the year ended 31 May 2023.
Directors
The names and full biographies of the
Directors, as at the date of this report, can
be found on pages 121 and 122. Sir Laurie
Magnus CBE retired from the Board on
18October 2022 and Ms Tamara Sakovska
resigned from the Board with effect from
22 July 2022. Ms Zoe Clements and
MrRahul Welde were appointed to the
Board on 5July 2023 and 25 July 2023
respectively, following the year end. As at
31 May 2023, the Board of Directors of
theCompany wascomprised of three
maleDirectors andtwo female Directors.
As at the date ofthis report, theBoard
wascomprised offour male and three
female Directors.
All Directors will retire and stand for
re-election or election at the Company’s
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) on 19
October 2023. Further details regarding
theselection and appointment of Directors,
including the Company’s position on
diversity, can be found on pages 133 and 134.
The rules concerning the appointment
andreplacement of Directors are set out
inthe Company’s Articles of Association.
There are no agreements between the
Company and its Directors concerning
anycompensation for their loss of office.
theCompany and no transfers of any of
the shares held in certified form will be
registered unless the shareholder is not
him/herself in default as regards supplying
the information required (and the Directors
are satisfied that no person in default as
regards supplying such information is
interested in any of the shares that are
subject of the transfer) or unless the
transfer arises as a result of the acceptance
of a takeover offer or a sale made through
arecognised investment exchange (or any
other stock exchange outside the UK on
which the Company’s shares are normally
traded) or is a transfer which the Directors
are satisfied is made inconsequence of a
sale of the entire beneficial interest in the
shares to a person who is unconnected
with the shareholder and with any other
person appearing interested in the shares.
The Company’s Articles of Association
contain additional provisions enabling
theDirectors to take certain steps where
ordinary shares are or may be owned, or
rights attaching to such shares may be
exercised, by persons in circumstances
which the Directors determine would give
rise to a regulatory burden under certain
USsecurities, investment and pension
lawsand regulations.
Share capital and voting rights at 31 May 2023
Number of
shares in issue
Voting rights
attached to
each share
Number of
shares held in
Treasury
Ordinary shares of 6.7p each 529,893,457 1
Total voting rights 529,893,457
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 124
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Directors’ Report
Save as described above, there are no
restrictions concerning the transfer of
securities in the Company or on voting
rights; no special rights with regard to
control attached to securities; no
agreements between holders of securities
regarding their transfer known to the
Company; and no agreements which the
Company is party to that might affect its
control following a successful takeover bid.
The giving of authority to issue or buy
backthe Company’s shares requires an
appropriate resolution to be passed by
shareholders. Proposals for the renewal
ofthe Board’s current authorities to issue
and buy back shares will be set out in the
separate 2023 AGM Notice.
Dividends
No final dividend is being recommended.
Investment Trust Status
The Company has received written approval
from HM Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”)
asan authorised investment trust under
Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act
2010. The Directors are of the opinion that
the Company has conducted its affairs
incompliance with such approval and
intends to continue doing so.
Financial risk management
The principal financial risks and the
Company’s policies for managing these
risks are set out in Note 21 to the financial
statements (on pages 172 to 175).
Management
The Company entered into a Management
Agreement with the Company’s investment
manager, Pantheon Ventures (UK)
(“Pantheon Ventures”), on 22 July 2014,
under which Pantheon Ventures was
appointed as the Company’s Alternative
Investment Fund Manager (“AIFM”) on the
terms of and subject to the conditions of a
new investment Management Agreement
(the “Management Agreement”) between
the Company and Pantheon Ventures.
Pantheon Ventures, which is part of the
Pantheon Group, has been approved as
anAIFM by the FCA.
The Pantheon Group is one of the world’s
foremost private equity fund investors and
has acted as Manager to the Company
since the Company’s inception in 1987.
Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (“AMG”),
alongside senior members of the Pantheon
team, acquired the Pantheon Group in 2010.
The ownership structure, with Pantheon
senior management owning a meaningful
share of the equity in the business, provides
a framework for long-term succession and
enables Pantheon management to continue
to direct the firm’s day-to-day operations.
AMG is a global asset management company
with equity investments in leading boutique
investment management firms.
Under the terms of the Management
Agreement, Pantheon Ventures has
beenappointed as the sole and exclusive
discretionary manager of all the assets
ofthe Company and to provide certain
additional services in connection with the
management and administration of the
Company’s affairs, including monitoring
the performance of, and giving instructions
on behalf of the Company to, other service
providers to the Company.
The Company entered into a Supplemental
Agreement with Pantheon Ventures on
18April 2017 to align the Management
Agreement with the change to the
Company’s accounting reference date
from 30 June to 31 May of each year.
The Manager is entitled to a monthly
management fee as at an annual rate of:
(i) 1.5% on the value of the Company’s
investment assets up to £150m; and
(ii) 1% on the value of such assets in
excess of £150m.
In addition, the Manager is entitled to
amonthly commitment fee of 0.5%
perannum on the aggregate amount
committed (but unpaid) in respect of
investments, up to a maximum amount
equal to the total value of the Company’s
investment assets.
The arrangements in respect of the
management fee and notice period are
materially unchanged.
The Manager is entitled to a performance
fee from the Company in respect of each
12-month calendar period. No performance
fee is payable in respect of the year ended
31 May 2023 (period ended 31 May 2022:
£nil). Further detail as to how the performance
fee is calculated is set outbelow.
The performance fee payable in respect
ofeach such calculation period is 5% of
theamount by which the net asset value
atthe end of such a period exceeds 110%
of the applicable “high-water mark”,
i.e.,the net asset value at the end of the
previous calculation period in respect of
which aperformance fee was payable,
compounded annually at 10% for each
subsequent completed calculation period
up to the start of the calculation period for
which the fee is being calculated. For the
calculation year ended 31 May 2023, the
notional performance fee hurdle is a net
asset value per share of 510.7p.
The performance fee is calculated so as
toignore the effect on performance of any
performance fee payable in respect of the
period for which the fee is being calculated
or of any increase or decrease in the net
assets of the Company resulting from
anyissue, redemption or purchase of any
shares or other securities, the sale of any
treasury shares or the issue or cancellation
of any subscription or conversion rights
forany shares or other securities and any
other reduction in the Company’s share
capital or any distribution to shareholders.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 125
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Directors’ Report
given to it by the Board and an exclusion of
liability save to the extent of any negligence,
fraud, wilful default or breach of duty.
Pantheon Ventures sources, evaluates and
manages investments on the Company’s
behalf, allocating investments to the
Company, in accordance with Pantheon’s
investment allocation policy, that are in
linewith the strategy agreed with the Board
and the Company’s investment objective
and policy.
Under the terms of the Management
Agreement, the Company is entitled to
participate in allocations made by the
Pantheon Group under its secondary
investment programme, in accordance
with the allocation basis agreed from
timeto time between the Company and
theManager.
An alternative basis for the allocation to
theCompany of secondary investment
opportunities may be applied by Pantheon
in the context of a successor fund to
Pantheon Global Secondary Fund VI.
Intheevent of Pantheon and the Company
beingunable to agree any such alternative
allocation basis, Pantheon will cease to
beentitled to any performance fee for
calculation periods following that in which
the alternative allocation basis takes
effectand the Company will be entitled to
terminate the Management Agreement
(without penalty to the Company) on
sixmonths’ notice.
Continuing appointment of
the Manager
The Board keeps the performance of the
Manager under continual review, and the
Management Engagement Committee
carries out an annual review of the
Manager’s performance and the terms of
the Management Agreement. The ongoing
review of the Manager includes activities
and performance over the course of the
year and review against the Company’s
peer group. The Board is of the opinion
thatit is in the interests of shareholders
asa whole to continue the appointment.
The reasons for this view are that the
investment performance is satisfactory
and the Manager is well placed to continue
to manage the assets of the Company
according to the Company’s strategy.
Further details of the Board’s engagement
with the Manager is set out on page 130.
Other service providers
Administrative, accounting and company
secretarial services are provided by Link
Alternative Fund Administrators Limited.
The Administration Agreement may be
terminated with 12 months’ written notice.
The Board has also appointed BNP
ParibasTrust Corporation UK Limited
(previously BNP Paribas Securities
Services, LondonBranch) to act as the
Company’s Depositary (as required by the
AIFM Directive) (the “Depositary”) subject
The value of investments in, and
outstanding commitments to, investment
funds managed or advised by the
Pantheon Group (“Pantheon Funds”)
areexcluded in calculating the monthly
management fee and the commitment fee.
In addition, the Manager has agreed that
the total fees (including performance fees)
payable by Pantheon Funds to members
ofthe Pantheon Group and attributable to
theCompany’s investments in Pantheon
Funds shall be less than the total fees
(excluding the performance fee) that the
Company would have been charged under
the Management Agreement had it
invested directly in all of the underlying
investments of the relevant Pantheon
Funds instead of through the relevant
Pantheon Funds.
The Management Agreement is capable of
being terminated (without penalty to the
Company) by either party giving two years’
notice in writing. It is capable of being
terminated by the Company (without
penalty to the Company) immediately
if,among other things, the Manager
materially breaches its obligations (and
cannot or does not remedy the breach) or
goes into liquidation, and on six months’
notice if there is a change of control of the
Manager or if certain “key man” provisions
are triggered. The Manager has the benefit
of an indemnity from the Company in
respect of liabilities arising out of the
proper performance by the Manager of its
duties and compliance with instructions
to theterms and conditions of a Depositary
Agreement, as updated in 2022 by a Deed
of Novation and Amendment, entered into
between the Company, the AIFM and the
Depositary. BNP Paribas Trust Corporation
UK Limited have also been appointed as
Custodian. Full details of the Board’s
engagement with service providers are
setout on page 134.
Related party transactions
Related party transactions are disclosed
inNote 22 to the financial statements.
Going concern
The Company’s business activities,
together with the factors likely to affect
itsfuture development, performance,
andfinancial position, are set out in the
Strategic Report and Manager’s Review.
The Directors have made an assessment
of the going concern, taking into account
both the Company’s financial position at
the Balance Sheet date and the expected
performance of the Company, considering
the recent banking crisis, the geopolitical
uncertainties as a result of the Russia –
Ukraine conflict, including the disruption to
the global supply chain, the combination
ofrising inflation, interest rates and the
impact of climate change driven by
changes in regulations, using the
information available up to the date
ofissue of the financial statements.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 126
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Directors’ Report
The Directors have also considered the
Company’s position with reference to its
investment trust structure, its business
model, its business objectives, the principal
risks and uncertainties as detailed on
pages 44 to 48 of this report and its present
and projected financial position. The
Directors have considered the impact of
the intended one-off £200million share
buyback in the year ending 31 May 2024
and the impact of a further “automatic”
share buyback programme, the amount
ofwhich will be determined by net portfolio
inflows and the prevailing level of discount.
As part of the overall assessment, the
Directors have taken into account the
Manager’s culture, which emphasises
collaboration and accountability, the
Manager’s conservative approach to
balance sheet management, and its
emphasis on investing with underlying
private equity managers that are focused
on market outperformance.
At each Board meeting, the Directors
review the Company’s latest management
accounts and other financial information.
The Company’s commitments to private
equity investments are reviewed, together
with its financial resources, including cash
held and its borrowing capability. One-year
cash flow scenarios are also presented
anddiscussed at each meeting.
PIP’s Balance Sheet is managed to
ensurethat the Company can finance
itsundrawn commitments, which are
carefully controlled relative to its assets
and available liquidity. This disciplined
approach enables the Company to
Shareholdings
As at 31 May 2023, the Company’s top ten shareholders were:
Name Shareholding
% of total
voting rights
USS Investment Management Ltd 44,102,280 8.32
Esperides S.A. Sicav-SIF 31,101,440 5.87
Quilter Investors 27,9 25 , 368 5.27
Rathbones 24,608,759 4.64
Quilter Cheviot Investment
Management 19,556,226 3.69
Investec Wealth & Investment 19,548,602 3.69
West Midlands PF 17,551,940 3.31
Interactive Investor 16,964,199 3.20
Hargreaves Lansdown 16,378,037 3.09
Border to Coast Pensions
Partnership 16,362,875 3.09
Major interests in shares
As at 31 May 2023, the Company had received notification
ofthe following disclosable interests in the voting rights of
theCompany. This information was correct at the date of
notification. It should be noted that these holdings may have
changed since notified to the Company and may not therefore
be wholly accurate statements of actual holdings as at
31May 2023. However, notification of any change is not
required until the next applicable threshold is crossed:
Number of
shares held
% of total
voting rights
Quilter Plc 51,725,446 9.74
APG Asset Management 21,269,413 3.96
AVI Global Trust Plc 15,905,032 3.00
Australian Retirement Trust Pty Ltd 15,223,782 2.83
Subsequent to the financial year end, USS Investment
Management Ltd notified the Company that it had reduced
itsholding to 7.41% and Quilter Plc notified the Company that
it had reduced its holding to 8.38%. No other changes have
been notified.
withstand periods of volatility such as
those experienced as a result of the
ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict.
The Directors have considered downside
liquidity modelling scenarios with varying
degrees of decline in investment valuations,
decreased investment distributions,
andincreased call rates, withthe worst
beingan extreme downside scenario
representing an impact to the portfolio
thatis worse than that experienced during
the 2008-2009 global financial crisis.
In the event of a downside scenario,
PIPcan take steps to limit or mitigate
theimpact on the Balance Sheet, namely
drawing on the credit facility and pausing
on new commitments. In addition, subject
to the prevailing market environment,
itcould raise additional credit or capital,
and sell assets to increase liquidity and
reduce outstanding commitments.
After due consideration of the Balance
Sheet, activities of the Company, its assets,
liabilities, commitments and financial
resources, the Directors have concluded
that the Company has adequate resources to
continue in operation for at least 12 months
from the approval of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 May 2023. For this
reason, they consider it appropriate to
continue to adopt the going concern basis
in preparing the financial statements.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 127
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance
The Board consists solely of Non-Executive
Directors and no one individual has
unfettered powers of decision. The Board
has put in place levels of corporate
governance which it believes are
appropriate for an investment trust and
toenable the Company to comply with
theAIC Code of Corporate Governance
(the“AIC Code”) published in February
2019. The Board’s compliance with the
AICCodeis detailed in the Statement on
Corporate Governance.
The Company’s Statement on Corporate
Governance, which forms part of this
Directors’ Report, is set out on pages 128
to 134 and on its website (www.piplc.com).
Greenhouse gas emissions
All of the Company’s activities are
outsourced to third parties. As such it does
not have any physical assets, property,
employees or operations of its own and
does not generate any greenhouse gas or
other emissions or consume any energy
reportable under the Companies Act 2006
(Strategic Report and Directors’ Report)
Regulations 2013 or the Companies
(Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability
Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report)
Regulations 2018, implementing the UK
Government’s policy on Streamlined
Energy and Carbon Reporting. Under
Listing Rule 15.4.29(R), the Company,
as a closed ended investment fund, is
currently exempt from complying with
theTask Force on Climate-related
FinancialDisclosures.
Further details of the Investment
Manager’s approach to responsible
investment practices and ESG standards
can be found in the Strategic Report on
pages 16 to 17.
Modern Slavery Act
In 2015, the UK Government introduced
theModern Slavery Act (“the Act”). As an
Investment Trust, the Company does not
provide goods or services in the normal
course of business, and does not have
employees, customers or turnover.
Accordingly, the Directors consider that
theCompany is not in scope because it
does not have turnover and is therefore
notrequired to make any slavery or
humantrafficking statement under the Act.
TheCompany’s own supply chain, which
consists predominately of professional
advisers and service providers in the
financial services industry, is considered
tobe low risk in relation to this matter.
Details of the Investment Manager’s
approach to Modern Slavery can be
foundin the ESG Q&A on page 80 and
onits website (www.piplc.com).
Donations
The Company made no political or
charitable donations during the year
(2022: £nil).
Future developments
The outlook for the Company is set out in
the Chair’s Statement on pages 20 to 25.
Requirements of the Listing Rules
Listing Rule 9.8.4 requires the Company
toinclude certain information in a single
identifiable section of the Annual Report or
a cross-reference table indicating where
the information is set out. The Directors
confirm that there are no disclosures to
bemade in this regard.
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The Company’s AGM will be held on
19October 2023, and explanations of the
business proposed at the AGM will be set
out in a separate Notice of Meeting.
Audit information
The Directors who held office at the date
ofapproval of the Report of the Directors
confirm that, so far as they are aware, there
is no relevant audit information of which
the Company’s Auditor is unaware; and
each Director has taken all reasonable
steps that he or she ought to have taken as
a Director to make himself or herself aware
of any relevant audit information and to
establish that the Company’s Auditor is
aware of that information.
Approval
The Directors’ Report has been approved
by the Board.
On behalf of the Board
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
2 August 2023
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 128
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Statement on Corporate Governance
Introduction from the Chair
I am pleased to introduce this year’s
Corporate Governance Statement. In this
statement, the Company reports on its
compliance with the AIC Code of Corporate
Governance (the “AIC Code”) and sets out
how the Board has operated during the
past year. The AIC Code, as published in
February 2019, sets out principles and
provisions regarding matters including
stakeholder engagement and the culture
ofthe Company, against which the
Company has reported in the Strategic
Report. The Company is committed to
maintaining the highest standard of
corporate governance and the Directors
are accountable to shareholders for the
governance of the Company’s affairs.
Statement of compliance
This statement, together with the Statement
of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 141,
indicates how the Company has applied
the principles of recommended governance
of the Financial Reporting Council’s (“FRC”)
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the
“UK Code”) and the AIC Code issued in 2019,
which complements the UK Code and
provides a framework of best practice for
investmenttrusts.
The Board considers that reporting against
the principles and provisions of the AIC
Code, which has been endorsed by the
FRC, provides more relevant information to
shareholders and that by reporting against
the AIC Code the Company has met its
obligations in relation to the UK Code
andassociated disclosure requirements
under paragraph 9.8.6 of the Listing Rules.
The UK Code is available on the FRC website
(www.frc.org.uk). The AIC Codeisavailable
on the AIC website (www.theaic.co.uk) and
includes an explanation of how the AIC
Code adapts the principles and provisions
set out in theUK Code to make them
relevant for investment companies.
Throughout the year ended 31 May 2023,
the Company complied with the principles
and provisions of the AIC Code which
incorporates the UK Code. The Board
attaches great importance to the matters
set out in the UK Code and strives to apply
its principles in a manner that would enable
shareholders to evaluate how the principles
have been applied. However, it should be
noted that where the principles and provisions
are related to the role of theChief Executive,
Executive Directors’ remuneration and the
establishment of aRemuneration Committee,
the Board considers these principles and
provisions not relevant as Pantheon
International Plc is an externally managed
Company with anentirely Non-Executive
Board, no employees or internal operations.
The principles of the AIC Code
The AIC Code is made up of 17 principles
split into five sections covering:
Board leadership and purpose;
Division of responsibilities;
Composition, succession and evaluation;
Audit, risk and internal control; and
Remuneration.
Details of how the Company has applied
the principles of the AIC Code are set out
inthis report.
Viability Statement
The Viability Statement can be found
onpage 54.
The Board of Directors
At the start of the year under review, the
Board consisted of seven Non-Executive
Directors (four male and three female).
Following Ms Sakovska’s resignation in
July 2022, the Board consisted of six
Non-Executive Directors (four male and
two female) and since Sir Laurie Magnus’
retirement in October 2022, the Board
consisted of five Non-Executive Directors
(three male and two female). The Company
has no employees. The Board is responsible
for all matters of direction andcontrol of
the Company.
The Board seeks to ensure that it has the
appropriate balance of skills, experience,
ages and lengths of service among its
members. The Directors possess a wide
range of business and financial expertise
relevant to the direction of the Company,
and consider themselves as committing
sufficient time to the Company’s affairs.
Brief biographical details of the Directors,
including details of their other directorships
and significant commitments, can be found
on pages 121 and 122.
The appointment of a new Director is always
made on the basis of a candidate’s merits
and the skills/experience identified by the
Board as being desirable to complement
those of the existing Directors. The Board
acknowledges the benefits of greater
diversity, including gender and ethnic
diversity, and the Board remains committed
to ensuring that the Company’s Directors
bring a wide range of skills, knowledge,
experience, backgrounds and perspectives.
A formal process exists for the selection
ofnew Directors to the Company, and the
level of remuneration of the Directors has
been set in order to attract individuals
ofacalibre appropriate to the future
development of theCompany.
A formal induction process has been
established for new Directors which
involves the provision of a full induction
pack containing relevant information about
the Company. On appointment to the
Board, Directors are fully briefed as to
theirresponsibilities and are given the
opportunity to talk to the relevant executive
members of the Manager throughout their
terms in office.
The terms and conditions of the appointment
of the Non-Executive Directors are set out in
letters of appointment, copies of which are
available for inspection at the registered
office of the Company and will be available
at the AGM. None of the Directors has a
contract of service with the Company.
Further details on the Company’s purpose,
culture and values can be found in the
Strategic Report on page 31.
Board and Committee meeting
attendance
The Board has at least six scheduled
meetings a year, and more if required.
Directors’ attendance at scheduled Board
and Committee meetings held during
theyear to 31 May 2023 is set out on
page129 below.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 129
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Statement on Corporate Governance
Performance evaluation
During the year, in order to review the
effectiveness of the Board as a whole,
itsCommittees and individual Directors,
aninternal performance evaluation was
carried out by the Company Secretary.
Ledby the Senior Independent Director, the
evaluation was conducted using tailored
questionnaires structured to analyse
Directors’ feedback on Board composition
and effectiveness, the Board’s performance
in relation to shareholder relations and
value, governance, the efficiency of Board
and Committee meetings, and to assess
whether the operation of such meetings
was appropriate, as well as any additional
information that may be required to
facilitate better Board discussions.
Responses were collated by the Company
Secretary. The independence of the
Directors and their ability to commit
sufficient time to the Company’s activities
was considered as part of the evaluation
process. The performance of the Chair was
similarly evaluated by the other Directors.
Following conclusion of the review, the
Company Secretary provided a report on
the outcome of the evaluation, a summary
of strengths and areas for development
and feedback on how the Board could
improve in each area of assessment.
Thereport from the Company Secretary
was reviewed by the Nomination
Committee as part of its assessment
ofBoard performance.
The results of the evaluation process
indicated that the Board continues to work
well and there are no significant concerns
among the Directors about the Board’s
effectiveness. The resulting actions agreed
by the Directors will be monitored during
the 2023–24 financial year.
As a result of the evaluation, the Board is
satisfied that all the current Directors
contribute effectively and have the skills
and experience relevant to the leadership
and direction of the Company.
Insurance and indemnity provisions
The Board has formalised arrangements
under which the Directors, in the
furtherance of their duties, may take
independent professional advice at the
Company’s expense. The Company has
arranged a Directors’ and Officers’ liability
insurance policy which includes cover
forlegal expenses.
The Company’s Articles of Association
take advantage of statutory provisions to
indemnify the Directors against certain
liabilities owed to third parties even
wheresuch liability arises from conduct
amounting to negligence or breach of duty
or of trust. In addition, under the terms of
appointment of each Director, the Company
has agreed, subject to the restrictions and
limitations imposed by statute and by the
Company’s Articles of Association, to
indemnify each Director against all costs,
expenses, losses and liabilities incurred
inexecution of his/her office as Director
orotherwise in relation to such office.
Savefor such indemnity provisions in the
Company’s Articles of Association and in
the Directors’ terms of appointment, there
are no qualifying third-party indemnity
provisions in force.
Chair and Senior Independent Director
The Chair leads the Board and is responsible
for its overall effectiveness indirecting the
affairs of the Company. The Board appointed
John Singer CBE as Chair of the Company
at the conclusion of the Company’s AGM in
2022. John Singer CBE was deemed to be
independent at the time of his appointment
and, in line with the guidelines of the AIC
Code of Corporate Governance, continues
to be considered independent. He considers
himself to have sufficient time to commit
to the Company’s affairs. He has no
significant commitments other than those
disclosed in his biography onpage 121.
Board and Committee meeting attendance
Meetings attended
Meetings not attended
Scheduled
Board meetings
Audit
Committee
meetings
Management
Engagement
Committee
meetings
Nomination
Committee
meetings
J.B.H.C.A. Singer CBE
1
D.L. Melvin
J.D. Burgess
2
M.A. Sieghart
Dame Sue Owen DCB
Sir Laurie Magnus CBE
3
T. Sakovska
4
N/A N/A
1 Mr Singer CBE was unable to attend the Management Engagement Committee and Nomination
Committee meetings, which were rescheduled, due to a previous commitment.
2 Mr Burgess was unable to attend the Board meeting held on 18 October 2022, ahead of the Annual General Meeting.
3 Sir Laurie Magnus CBE retired from the Board on 18 October 2022.
4 Ms Sakovska resigned from the Board on 22 July 2022.
As well as those meetings detailed in the table above, additional meetings were
held during the year to approve the NAV, to approve the final versions of the
Annual and Half-Year Reports, to receive Ms Sakovska’s resignation, to conduct
interviews with candidates, to discuss strategy and to discuss the Company’s
commitment to PSOF II and appoint an external adviser in relation to this. A Finance
Sub-Committee of the Board, comprising Messrs Singer, Melvin and Burgess, was
established to discuss PIP’s credit facility requirements and to make recommendations
to the Board. This Sub-Committee met three times during the year under review.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 130
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Statement on Corporate Governance
Ms Mary Ann Sieghart was appointed
Senior Independent Director of the
Company at the conclusion of the
Company’s AGM in 2021. She provides
achannel for any shareholder concerns
regarding the Chair and leads the Chair’s
annual performance evaluation.
Directors’ independence
In accordance with the Listing Rules that
apply to closed-ended investment entities,
and taking into consideration the AIC Code,
the Board has reviewed the status of its
individual Directors and the Board as
awhole.
All Directors were considered independent
of the Investment Manager at the time
oftheir appointment and, in line with the
guidelines of the AIC Code of Corporate
Governance, all continue to be considered
independent.
Chair and Director tenure/
re-appointment of Directors
Following the Company’s inclusion in the
FTSE 250 Index and in accordance with the
AIC Code, the Board has determined that
its policy on the tenure of the Chair and the
Directors is that the Chair and all Directors
will be subject to annual re-election at each
AGM. Accordingly, resolutions to elect or
re-elect all Directors are contained within
the 2023 AGM Notice of Meeting.
Board responsibilities and
relationship with the Manager
The Board is responsible for the
determination and implementation of
theCompany’s investment policy and
formonitoring compliance with the
Company’s objectives. At each Board
meeting, the Directors follow a formal
agenda to review the Company’s
investments and all other important issues,
such as asset allocation, gearing policy,
corporate strategic issues, cash
management, peer group performance,
marketing and shareholder relations,
investment outlook and pacing, revenue
forecasts and outlook, to ensure that
control is maintained over the Company’s
affairs. The Board regularly considers its
overall strategy and monitors the share
price and level of discount.
The Board is responsible for the strategic
and operational decisions of the Company
and for ensuring that the Company is run
inaccordance with all regulatory and
statutory requirements. These procedures
have been formalised in a schedule of
matters reserved for decision by the full
Board, which has been adopted for all
meetings. These matters include:
The maintenance of clear investment
objectives, investment strategy and risk
management policies, changes to which
require Board approval;
The monitoring of the business activities
of the Company, including investment
performance and annual budgeting; and
Review of matters delegated to the
Manager, Administrator or Company
Secretary.
The management of the Company’s assets
is delegated to Pantheon. At each Board
meeting, representatives of Pantheon are
in attendance to present verbal and written
reports covering its activities, the portfolio
and investment performance over the
preceding period. Ongoing communication
with the Board is maintained in between
formal meetings. The Manager ensures
that Directors have timely access to all
relevant management, financial and
regulatory information to enable informed
decisions to be made and contacts the
Board as required for specific guidance on
particular issues. Pantheon has discretion
to manage the assets of the Company in
accordance with the Company’s investment
objectives and policies, subject to certain
additional investment restrictions (which
may be amended by the Company from
time to time with the consent of the
Manager). The additional investment
restrictions currently imposed on the
Manager are as follows:
At the time of making an investment, the
aggregate of all amounts committed by
the Company in respect of investments
(excluding all amounts paid pursuant to
such commitments and including any
such commitments in respect of the
investment to be made) shall not exceed
300% of the available cash and loan
resources of the Company without the
prior approval of the Board.
No direct or indirect investment in a
single company shall form more than
5%of the gross value of the Company
atthe time the investment is made.
The amount invested (including
amounts committed for investment) in
respect of a single fund shall not exceed
10% of the aggregate of the gross asset
value of the Company and the aggregate
outstanding investment commitments
of the Company at the time the
investment is made.
The prior approval of the Board is required
for an investment (including investment
commitments) in respect of a single
secondary interest in an existing fund
ora portfolio of secondary interests in
existing funds and/or direct investments
in one or more companies exceeding 3%
of the net asset value of the Company at
the time the investment is made.
The prior approval of the Board is
required for a direct investment in a
single company exceeding 1% of the net
asset value of the Company at the time
the investment is made.
The Manager has also agreed that it will
obtain the prior approval of the Board in
relation to any primary investment in a new
fund which is made otherwise than on a
pro-rata basis with other Pantheon clients
investing in the same fund and in relation
toany investment in a vehicle managed by
a member of the Pantheon Group, other
thanholding, special purpose and feeder
vehicles where no fee is charged by the
Pantheon Group.
The Board determines the parameters of
investment strategy and risk management
policies within which the Manager can
exercise judgement and sets the investment
and risk management strategies in relation
to currency exposure. The Company
Secretary and Manager prepare briefing
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 131
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Statement on Corporate Governance
notes for Board consideration on matters
of relevance, for example changes to
theCompany’s economic and financial
environment, statutory and regulatory
changes and corporate governance
bestpractice.
Institutional investors – use of
voting rights
The Company has delegated the exercise
of its voting rights to the Manager.
Pantheon has a policy of advising its clients
to vote on all corporate actions in relation
to investments and does this on behalf of
the Company. Pantheon consults with the
Directors of the Company in the case of
any corporate action where either there
isaconflict of interest between PIP and
other Pantheon clients, or where for
anyreason the proposed voting is
inconsistent with the advice given to
Pantheon’s other clients.
Conflicts of interest
The Articles of Association permit the
Board to consider and, if it sees fit, to
authorise situations where a Director has
an interest that conflicts, or may possibly
conflict, with the interests of the Company.
There is in place a formal system for
theBoard to consider authorising such
conflicts, whereby the Directors who have
no interest in the matter decide whether
toauthorise the conflict and any conditions
to be attached to such authorisations.
Theprocess in place for authorising
potential conflict of interest has operated
effectively during the year.
The Directors are able to impose limits
orconditions when giving authorisation
ifthey think this is appropriate in the
circumstances. A register of potential
conflicts is maintained by the Company
Secretary and is reviewed at each Board
meeting, to ensure that any authorised
conflicts remain appropriate. Directors
arerequired to confirm at these meetings
whether there has been any change to
theirposition.
The Directors must also comply with the
statutory rules requiring company directors
to declare any interest in an actual or
proposed transaction or arrangement
withthe Company.
The above process for authorising
potential conflicts of interest has
operatedeffectively during the year.
Committees of the Board
The Board has appointed a number of
Committees, as set out below, to which
certain Board functions have been
delegated. Each of these Committees has
formal written terms of reference which
clearly define their responsibilities, and
these can be inspected at the registered
office of the Company and viewed on the
Company’s website (www.piplc.com).
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprises the whole
Board. Mr David Melvin, who is the Chair
ofthe Audit Committee, is a qualified
Chartered Accountant and contributes
hisknowledge and experience to the Audit
Committee. It is felt by the Committee that
he is sufficiently qualified for the position
ofChair of the Audit Committee.
Mr John Singer CBE is an investment and
financial professional with over 30 years
ofexperience in private equity, and it is
considered appropriate for the Chair of
theCompany to be a member of the
AuditCommittee as he provides a valuable
contribution to the deliberations of the
Committee.
The Audit Committee met on four
occasions during the year ended 31 May
2023. It is intended that the Committee
willcontinue to meet at least four times,
toreview the Half-Yearly Report, toreview
the year-end valuation of investments and
to approve the Company’s Annual Report
and Accounts.
The Report of the Audit Committee can
befound on page 135.
Management Engagement
Committee
The Management Engagement Committee
comprises all the Directors and is chaired
by Mr John Singer CBE. The Management
Engagement Committee met on one
occasion during the year under review.
The Board keeps the performance of
theManager under continual review.
Inaddition, in accordance with the
requirements of the AIC Code, the
Management Engagement Committee
reviews the performance of the Manager’s
obligations under the Management
Agreement and considers the need for any
variation to the terms of this Agreement
onan annual basis.
The Management Engagement Committee
then makes a recommendation to the
Board about the continuing appointment
ofthe Manager under the terms of the
Management Agreement.
The Management Engagement Committee
also reviews annually the performance of
the Company Secretary, the Custodian,
theDepositary and the Registrar and any
matters concerning their respective
agreements with the Company.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 132
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Statement on Corporate Governance
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee comprises all
Directors and is chaired by Mr John Singer
CBE, except when the succession of the
Chair is being considered.
The role of the Nomination Committee is to
undertake the formal process of reviewing
the balance, effectiveness and diversity
ofthe Board and to consider succession
planning, identifying the skills and expertise
needed to meet the future challenges and
opportunities facing the Company, and
those individuals who might best provide
them. The Nomination Committee, as and
when necessary, makes recommendations
to the Board with regard to the criteria for
future Board appointments and the methods
of selection. It also considers andreviews
the appointment of a Senior Independent
Director, membership of the Board’s
Committees, and the re-appointment of those
Directors standingfor re-election at AGMs.
In addition, the Nomination Committee
isresponsible for assessing the time
commitment required for each Board
appointment and ensuring that the present
incumbents have sufficient time to devote
to their role, and for reviewing the Directors’
performance appraisal process.
As part of ongoing succession planning,
the Nomination Committee ensures that
allBoard appointments are subject to a
formal, rigorous and transparent procedure.
The Company seeks to ensure that any Board
vacancies are filled by themost qualified
candidates based on objective criteria
and merit and in the context of the skills,
knowledge and experience that are needed
for the Board tobe effective. The Board
supports diversity and inclusion at Board
level andencourages candidates from all
educational backgrounds and walks of life.
During the year, the Nomination Committee
reviewed PIP’s Diversity Policy and satisfied
itself that the Board has a balance of skills,
qualifications and experience which are
relevant to the Company. As part of ongoing
succession planning, Sapphire Partners, an
independent external consultancy with no
connection to the Company, was engaged
to assist with the search for candidates in
order to appoint two new Directors. The
search requirements included a preference
for a diverse range of candidates, including
Chartered Accountants, and preferably
with a strong background in private equity
or marketing. Following thisprocess, the
Nomination Committee recommended to
the Board the appointments of Ms Zoe
Clements and Mr Rahul Welde. After due
consideration MsClements was appointed
to the Board with effect from 5 July 2023
and Mr Welde with effect from 25 July 2023,
being the strongest candidates with relevant
knowledge, qualifications and experience.
The Board acknowledges and welcomes
the recommendations from the
Hampton-Alexander Review on gender
diversity on boards and the Parker Review
regarding ethnic representation on boards.
The Hampton-Alexander Review
recommended a minimum of 40%
femalerepresentation on all FTSE 350
companies by the end of 2025. PIP met this
recommendation during the year, having
40% women on the Board as at 31 May
2023. In regard to the Parker Review, it is
recommended that by December 2024 all
FTSE 350 companies have a person from
aminority ethnic group on its Board.
Gender identity or sex
Number of
Board members
Percentage on
the Board
Number of
senior positions
on the Board
1
Men 3 60 1
Women 2 40 1
Not specified/prefer not to say
Ethnic background
Number of
Board members
Percentage
on the Board
Number of
senior positions
on the Board
1
White British or other White
(including minority white groups) 5 100 2
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups 0 0 0
Asian/Asian British 0 0 0
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British 0 0 0
Other ethnic group, including Arab 0 0 0
Not specified/prefer not to say 0 0 0
1 Listing Rule 9.8.6(9) includes only the positions of chair, chief executive, senior independent director and
chief financial officer in this category. As the Company is an externally managed investment trust without
employees, the Company considers the position of Audit Committee Chair as a senior position in addition
to those reported above. This senior role is currently performed by a man.
The data in the above tables was collected through self-reporting by the
Directors, who were asked to indicate which of the categories specified in the
prescribed tables were most applicable to them.
Further information regarding diversity and inclusion at Pantheon can be found
on page 41.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 133
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Statement on Corporate Governance
The Board also notes the new FCA rules on
diversity and inclusion on company boards,
namely that from accounting periods
commencing on or after 1 April 2022
included in Listing Rule 9.8.6 (9-11):
At least 40% of individuals on the Board
to be women;
At least one senior Board position to be
held by a woman; and
At least one individual on the Board to
befrom a minority ethnic background.
While all appointments to the Board
aremade on merit, the Board supports
therecommendation to have ethnic
representation on the Board, and as
suchthis was integral to the Board’s
considerations during the recruitment
carried out in the year. The resulting
appointments following year end
increasedthe Board’s gender and ethnic
diversity. The Board is expecting to be
ableto reportcompliance with the
recommendations of the Parker Review
and each of the three diversity targets
setinthe Listing Rules in the 2024
AnnualReport.
In accordance with Listing Rule 9 Annex
2.1, the tables on the previous page, in
prescribed format, show the gender and
ethnic backgrounds of the Directors at
theyear end.
Remuneration Committee
As the Company has no employees and the
Board is composed solely of Non-Executive
Directors, it is not considered necessary to
have a Remuneration Committee. Led by
the Senior Independent Director, it is the
responsibility of the Board as a whole to
determine and approve Directors’ fees,
following proper consideration and having
regard to the industry generally, the role
that individual Directors fulfil in respect of
Board and Committee responsibilities, the
time committed to the Company’s affairs
and remuneration levels generally within
the investment trust sector. Each Director
takes no part in discussions concerning
their own remuneration.
Detailed information on the remuneration
arrangements for the Directors of the
Company can be found in the Directors’
Remuneration Report on pages 138 to 140.
Internal control review
The Directors acknowledge that they
areresponsible for the Company’s risk
management and systems of internal
control and for reviewing their
effectiveness.
An ongoing process, in accordance with
the guidance provided by the FRC on risk
management, internal control and related
finance and business reporting, has been
established for identifying, evaluating and
managing risks faced by the Company.
This process, together with key procedures
established with a view to providing
effective financial control, has been in
placethroughout the year and up to
thedate the financial statements were
approved. Full details of the principal risks
and uncertainties faced by the Company
can be found on pages 44 to 48.
The risk management process and systems
of internal control are designed tomanage,
rather than eliminate, the risk offailure to
achieve the Company’s objectives. It should
be recognised that such systems can only
provide reasonable, rather than absolute,
assurance against material misstatement
or loss.
Internal control assessment process
Regular risk assessments and reviews
ofinternal controls and the Company’s
riskappetite are undertaken by the Board
inthe context of the Company’s overall
investment objective. The Board, through
delegation to the Audit Committee, has
carried out a robust assessment and
review of the emerging and principal risks
facing the Company. The review covers
thekey business, operational, compliance
and financial risks facing the Company.
Inarriving at its judgement of what risks the
Company faces, the Board has considered
the Company’s operations in the light of
thefollowing factors:
The nature and extent of risks which it
regards as acceptable for the Company
to bear within its overall business
objective:
The threat of such risks becoming
areality;
The Company’s ability to reduce the
incidence and impact of risk on its
performance;
The cost to the Company and benefits
related to the review of risk and
associated controls of the Company;
and
The extent to which third parties
operate the relevant controls. Against
this background, the Board has split
the review into four sections reflecting
the nature of the risks being addressed.
The sections are as follows:
Corporate strategy;
Published information and compliance
with laws and regulations;
Relationship with service providers; and
Investment and business activities.
Given the nature of the Company’s
activities and the fact that most functions
are sub-contracted, the Directors have
obtained information from key third-party
suppliers regarding the controls operated
by them. To enable the Board to make an
appropriate risk and control assessment,
the information and assurances sought
from third parties include the following:
Details of the control environment;
Identification and evaluation of risks
andcontrol objectives;
Assessment of the communication
procedures; and
Assessment of the control procedures
operated.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 134
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
There were no significant matters of
concern identified in the Board’s review
ofthe internal controls of its third-party
suppliers.
The key procedures which have been
established to provide effective internal
financial controls are as follows:
Investment management is provided by
Pantheon Ventures (UK) LLP. The Board
is responsible for the implementation
ofthe overall investment policy and
monitors the actions of the Manager
atregular Board meetings.
BNP Paribas Trust Corporation UK
Limited (previously BNP Paribas
Securities Services, London Branch) has
been appointed as Depositary. Custody
of assets is also undertaken by BNP
Paribas Trust Corporation UK Limited
asthe Company’s Custodian for equities
and bonds.
The provision of administration,
accounting and Company secretarial
duties is the responsibility of Link
Alternative Fund Administrators Limited.
The provision of services provided by
Link Market Services as Registrar of
theCompany.
The duties of investment management,
accounting and custody of assets
aresegregated. The procedures of
theindividual parties are designed to
complement one another.
The Directors of the Company clearly
define the duties and responsibilities of
their agents and advisers in the terms
oftheir contracts. The appointment of
agents and advisers is conducted by the
Board after consideration of the quality
of the parties involved; the Board, via the
Management Engagement Committee,
monitors their ongoing performance and
contractual arrangements.
Mandates for authorisation of
investment transactions and expense
payments are set by the Board.
The Board reviews detailed financial
information produced by the Manager
and the Administrator on a regular basis.
The Company does not have an internal
audit function. All of the Company’s
management functions are delegated to
independent third parties whose controls
are reviewed by the Board. It is therefore
felt that there is no need for the Company
to have an internal audit function.
Thisneed is reviewed periodically.
In accordance with guidance issued
todirectors of listed companies, the
Directorshave carried out a review of
theeffectiveness of the various systems
ofinternal controls as operated by the
Company’s main service providers during
the year and found there to be no matters
of concern.
Company Secretary
The Board has direct access to the advice
and services of the Company Secretary,
Link Alternative Fund Administrators
Limited, who is responsible for ensuring
that Board and Committee procedures are
followed and that applicable regulations
are complied with.
The Company Secretary is also responsible
to the Board for ensuring the timely delivery
of information and reports and for ensuring
that statutory obligations of the Company
are met.
Dialogue with shareholders
Communication with shareholders is
givena high priority by the Board and the
Manager, and all Directors are available
toenter into dialogue with shareholders.
Following his appointment, the Chair offered
major shareholders the opportunity to
meet with him and has held a significant
number of meetings with shareholders
during the year and following the year
end.Allshareholders are encouraged to
attend and vote at the AGM, during which
the Board and the Manager are available
todiscuss issues affecting the Company,
andshareholders have the opportunity to
address questions to the Manager, the Board
and the Chairs of the Board’s Committees.
At each AGM, a presentation is given by the
Manager to all shareholders present.
There is regular dialogue with institutional
shareholders and a structured programme
of shareholder presentations by the
Manager to institutional investors taking
place following publication of the Annual
and Half-Yearly results. A detailed list of
theCompany’s shareholders is reviewed
ateach Board meeting. PIP has also put
inplace a PR programme designed to
promote the benefits that PIP can provide
to an investor’s portfolio.
The Half-Yearly and Annual Reports of the
Company are prepared by the Board and
itsadvisers to present a full and readily
understandable review of the Company’s
performance. Copies are dispatched to
shareholders by mail or electronically as
requested and are also available on the
Company’s website: www.piplc.com.
TheCompany always responds to
communications from shareholders.
Shareholders wishing to communicate
directly with the Board should contact
theCompany Secretary by email to
pip_cosec@linkgroup.co.uk or by writing
tothe registered office shown on page 186,
who will arrange for the relevant Board
member to contact them.
Further details of our engagement with all
of the Company’s stakeholders and how
the Board has regard to those stakeholders
in the Board’s decision-making processes
are set out in the Strategic Report on
page49.
On behalf of the Board
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
2 August 2023
Statement on Corporate Governance
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 135
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee
Report for the year ended 31 May 2023.
The Audit Committee comprises myself,
asChair, and the entire Board, who are all
independent Non-Executive Directors.
Further details about the composition of the
Audit Committee are set out on page 131.
Audit Committee members consider
that,individually and collectively, they are
each independent and appropriately
experienced to fulfil the role required within
the sector inwhich the Company operates.
The constitution and performance of the
Audit Committee are reviewed on a
regularbasis.
Role of the Audit Committee
Clearly defined terms of reference, which
were reviewed and updated during the
year,have been established by the Board.
Theprimary responsibilities of the Audit
Committee are:
To monitor the integrity of the financial
statements, the financial reporting
process and the accounting policies
ofthe Company;
To review the effectiveness of the
internal control environment of the
Company and its reporting processes
and to monitor adherence to best
practice in corporate governance;
To make recommendations to the Board
in relation to the re-appointment of the
Auditor and to approve the Auditor’s
remuneration and terms of engagement,
including scope of work;
To review and monitor the Auditor’s
independence and objectivity and the
effectiveness of the audit process; and
To provide a forum through which the
Company’s Auditor reports to the Board.
The Audit Committee also reviews the
Manager’s whistleblowing procedures.
TheAudit Committee has direct access
tothe Company’s Auditor, Ernst & Young
(“EY”), and representatives of EY attend
each Audit Committee meeting.
Matters considered in the year
We met on four occasions during the year
ended 31 May 2023. At those meetings,
theAudit Committee has:
Reviewed and agreed the half-year and
year-end portfolio valuation and the net
asset values;
Reviewed the Company’s financial
statements for the half year and year
endand made formal recommendations
to the Board;
Reviewed the Company’s going concern
and viability statements;
Reviewed the impact of the recent
developments in the banking sector,
disruption on availability of credit,
geopolitical uncertainties as a result of
the Russia–Ukraine conflict, increases in
the cost of living, persistent inflation,
interest rate rises and the impact of
climate change on the Company’s
financial statements;
Reviewed the internal controls and
riskmanagement systems (including
cybersecurity) of the Company and
itsthird-party service providers;
Agreed the audit plan and fees with the
Auditor, including the principal areas
offocus;
Reviewed the whistleblowing policy
ofthe Manager (no incidents were
reportedduring the period);
Reviewed its own performance as
aCommittee and its own terms of
reference; and
Received updates regarding a fraudulent
website impersonating the Company
and discussed the actions taken or to be
taken to limit thedamage caused by this.
The principal issues considered by the
Committee were as follows:
A. Valuation process
Discussions have been held with the
Manager about the valuation process,
ownership of assets and the systems in
place at Pantheon to ensure the accuracy
of the valuation of the Company’s portfolio.
The Audit Committee has received
reassurances about the robustness of
theManager’s valuation system from
Pantheon.
In addition, the Audit Committee reviewed
the outputs of Pantheon’s Investment
Valuation Committee and Pantheon’s
processes and internal controls around
theinvestment valuation process.
B. Undrawn commitments
As an investor in private equity, the Company
has outstanding commitments to fund
investments. Approximately 5.63% of these
uncalled commitments relate to funds that
are outside their investment periods.
Generally, when a fund is past its investment
period, which is typically between five
andsixyears, it cannot make any new
investments and only draws capital to fund
follow-on investments into existing portfolio
companies, or to pay expenses. As a result,
the rate of capital calls by these funds tends
to slow dramatically. During the year, the
Manager undertook a detailed process to
review the undrawn commitments, and
theresults were discussed with the Audit
Committee. The Audit Committee received
an externally audited control report from
Pantheon which provides comfort on the
systems and controls in place to track the
undrawn commitments as part of the
valuation entry process.
The Audit Committee also reviewed the
levelof undrawn commitments as part
ofitsanalysis of PIP’s going concern and
long-term viability.
Audit Committee Report
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 136
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Audit Committee Report
C. Going concern and long-term viability
The Committee considered the Company’s
financial requirements and viability for the
forthcoming year, taking into account the
Company’s performance and financial
position as at 31 May 2023. Its assessment
included a review of various downside
liquidity models with varying degrees of
decline in investment valuations, a review
of the level of undrawn commitments,
ongoing geopolitical uncertainties as a
result of the Russia–Ukraine conflict and
the impact of climate change on financial
statement disclosures, including those
relating to principal risks. The Committee
also considered the impact of the approved
one-off £200million share buyback and
theimpact of a further “automatic” share
buyback programme. As a result of this
assessment, the Committee concluded
that the Company had adequate resources
to continue in operation and meet its
liabilities as they falldue both for the
forthcoming year and over the subsequent
two years. Related going concern and
long-term viability disclosures are set
outon pages 125 and54 and Note 1
onpage 155.
D. Maintenance of investment
truststatus
The Manager and Administrator have
reported to the Committee to confirm
continuing compliance with the
requirements for maintaining investment
trust status. The position is also discussed
with the Auditor as part of the audit process.
E. Internal controls
The Audit Committee has reviewed
andupdated, where appropriate, the
Company’s risk matrix. This document is
reviewed by the Audit Committee every
sixmonths. It is satisfied with the extent,
frequency and quality of the reporting of
the Manager’s monitoring to enable the
Audit Committee to assess the degree of
control of the Company and the effect
withwhich risk is managed and mitigated.
The Audit Committee has received
reportson internal controls from each
ofitsservice providers.
No incidents of significant control failings
or weaknesses have been identified during
the year ended 31 May 2023, within the
Company or its third-party suppliers,
including Pantheon.
The Company does not have an internal
audit function as substantially all of its
day-to-day operations are delegated to
third parties, all of whom have their own
internal control procedures. The Audit
Committee discussed whether it would be
appropriate to establish an internal audit
function and agreed that the existing
system of monitoring and reporting by third
parties remains appropriate and sufficient.
External audit
The Audit Committee monitors and
reviews the effectiveness of the external
audit process for the publication of the
Annual Report and makes recommendations
to the Board on the re-appointment,
remuneration and terms of engagement
ofthe Auditor.
Audit fees
The audit fee incurred for the review of
the2023 Annual Report and Audit was
£146,000 (31 May 2022: £105,000).
Thisincrease in fees took place following
the expiry of a three-year agreement to
fixthe level of audit fees. TheAudit
Committee continues to monitorthe
levelof audit feescarefully.
Non-audit fees/independence and
objectivity of the Auditor
The Audit Committee reviews the scope
and nature of all proposed non-audit
services before engagement, to ensure
that the independence and objectivity of
the Auditor are safeguarded. The Board’s
policy is that non-audit services may be
carried out by the Company’s Auditor
unless there is a conflict of interest or
someone else is considered to have
morerelevant experience.
Non-audit services amounting to £44,000
were provided during the year ended
31May 2023 (31 May 2022: £35,000),
relating to the review of the Half-Yearly
Report. Theratio of non-audit to audit fees
is 30%. The Audit Committee believes that
it is appropriate for the Company’s Auditor
to provide these services to the Company
as these services are audit-related.
The Audit Committee has received
assurances from the Auditor that its
independence is not compromised by
thesupply of these services.
Effectiveness of external audit process
The Audit Committee meets at least twice
a year with the Auditor. The Auditor
provides a planning report in advance of
the annual audit, a report on the annual
audit and a report on their review of the
half-year financial statements. The Audit
Committee has an opportunity to question
and challenge the Auditor in respect of
each of these reports. In addition, at least
once a year, the Audit Committee has an
opportunity to discuss any aspect of the
Auditor’s work with the Auditor in the
absence of the Manager. After each audit,
the Audit Committee reviews the audit
process and considers its effectiveness.
Continuing appointment of the Auditor
EY was appointed as the Company’s
Auditor at the AGM in 2019 and this is
therefore the fourth audit of the Company’s
financial statements since its appointment.
A competitive tender must be carried out
by the Company at least every 10 years.
The Company is therefore required to
carryout a tender no later than in respect
ofthefinancial year ending 31 May 2029.
Thecurrent lead audit partner, Mr Matthew
Price, has been in place since the
appointment in 2019. Ethical standards
generally require the rotation of the
leadaudit partner every five years for
alistedcompany.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 137
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
The Committee monitors the Company’s
relationship with the Auditor and
hasdiscussed and considered their
independence and objectivity. The Auditor
also provides confirmation that they are
independent within the meaning of all
regulatory and professional requirements
and that objectivity of the audit is not
impaired. The Committee is therefore
satisfied that EY was independent,
especially considering the term of
appointment to date, and will continue
tomonitor this position.
Following the completion of the audit, the
Committee reviewed EY’s effectiveness by:
Reviewing the overall audit process and
the audit procedures taken to address
the identified principal issues;
Considering feedback on the audit
provided by the Investment Manager
andLink Group; and
Reviewing the experience and continuity
of the audit team, including the audit
partner.
The Committee has considered the
principal issues identified by the audit team
during the audit of the financial statements
for the year. The feedback provided by the
Investment Manager regarding the audit
team’s performance on the audit was
positive. The Auditor demonstrated a good
understanding of the Company, and had
identified and focused on the areas of
greatest financial reporting risk. Its reporting
to the Audit Committee was clear, open
and thorough. The Committee is satisfied
that the Auditor has demonstrated
professional scepticism and appropriately
challenged management’s judgements
relating to the valuations of unlisted
investments. The Committee acknowledged
that the audit team, including the audit
partner, comprised staff with appropriate
levels of knowledge and experience of the
investment trust and private equity sectors.
On the basis of these factors and
assessments, the Committee has
concluded that the external audit process
has been effective. Taking into account
theperformance and effectiveness of
theAuditor and the confirmation of
theirindependence, the Committee
hasrecommended to the Board that a
resolution to re-appoint EY as Auditor be
put to shareholders at the forthcoming
AGM. EY has confirmed its willingness
tocontinue in office.
CMA Order
The Company complied throughout
theyear ended 31 May 2023 with the
provisions of the Statutory Audit Services
Order 2014, issued by the Competition
andMarkets Authority (“CMA Order”).
Fair, balanced and understandable
As a result of the work performed, the Audit
Committee has concluded that the Annual
Report for the year ended 31 May 2023,
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and
understandable and provides the
information necessary for shareholders
toassess the Company’s position and
performance, business model and
strategy, and has reported on these
findings to the Board.
DAVID MELVIN
Audit Committee Chair
2 August 2023
Audit Committee Report
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 138
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
The Board has prepared this
report in accordance with the
requirements of the Large and
Medium Sized Companies
and Groups (Accounts and
Reports) (Amendment)
Regulations 2013.
The law requires the Company’s Auditor to
audit certain disclosures provided. Where
disclosures have been audited, they are
indicated as such. The Auditor’s opinion
isincluded in the “Independent Auditor’s
Report” on pages 142 to 149.
Statement from the Chair
I am pleased to present the Directors’
Remuneration Report for the year ended
31May 2023.
Companies are required to ask
shareholders to approve the annual
Remuneration Report, which includes the
annual remuneration paid to Directors,
each year and formally to approve the
Directors’ Remuneration Policy on a
three-yearly basis. Any change to the
Directors’ Remuneration Policy requires
shareholder approval. The vote on the
Directors’ Remuneration Report is
anadvisory vote, while the Directors’
Remuneration Policy is subject to a
bindingvote.
A resolution to approve the Remuneration
Policy was last proposed and approved by
shareholders at the AGM of the Company
held on 18 October 2022. The Policy will
apply until it is next put to shareholders for
renewal of that approval at the Company’s
AGM in 2025, unless any variations to the
policy are proposed prior to this. There will
be no significant change in the way that the
Remuneration Policy will be implemented
in the course of the next financial year.
A resolution to approve the Remuneration
Report will be proposed at the AGM of the
Company to be held on 19 October 2023.
The Board consists entirely of Non-Executive
Directors and the Company has no
employees. We have not, therefore,
reported on those aspects of remuneration
that relate to Executive Directors.
As explained on page 133, it is not
considered appropriate for the Company
toestablish a separate Remuneration
Committee. It is therefore the practice
forthe Board as a whole to consider and
approve Directors’ remuneration.
In accordance with PIP’s Remuneration
Policy adopted on 18 October 2022, fees
for the Directors are increased annually,
effective from the first day of the
Company’s financial year, at a rate no
greater than the rate of the Consumer
PriceIndex (“CPI”) prevailing at the time.
In line with this policy, fees for the Directors
were increased with effect from 1 June
2023 by 5%, which was below the prevailing
CPI which stood at 8.7% as at 31 May 2023.
Directors’ fees for the 12 months to 31 May
2024 are as set out on page 140.
No travel expenses or any other expenses
were claimed by the Directors from the
Company during the year ended 31 May
2023 or as at the date of this Report.
Directors’ fees for the year (audited)
Fees
Percentage change
(%)
*
Year to
31 May 2023
£
Year to
31 May 2022
£ 2022–2023 2021–2022 2020–2021
J.B.H.C.A. Singer CBE (Chair) 66,549 40,840 63%
3
2% 10%
D.L. Melvin 56,785 53,603 6% 2% 36%
4
J.D. Burgess 43,264 40,840 6% 2% 10%
M.A. Sieghart 46,520 40,840 14%
5
2% 10%
Dame Sue Owen DCB 43,264 40,840 6% 2% 10%
T. Sakovska
1
7,426 10,210 N/A N/A N/A
Sir Laurie Magnus CBE
2
27,47 7 66,365 N/A 2% 8%
Total 291,285 310,554
* The average percentage change over the previous financial years. Fees for Directors who were appointed during a year were calculated on a pro-rata basis, in order to provide a
meaningful figure.
1 Ms Sakovska joined the Board on 1 March 2022 and subsequently resigned on 22 July 2022.
2 Sir Laurie Magnus CBE retired from the Board on 18 October 2022.
3 Mr Singer CBE was appointed as Chair of the Board on 18 October 2022, resulting in a higher fee from this date.
4 Mr Melvin was appointed as Chair of the Audit Committee in April 2020, resulting in a higher fee from this date.
5 Ms Sieghart was appointed as Senior Independent Director from 18 October 2022, resulting in a higher fee from this date.
Directors’ Remuneration Report
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 139
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Company performance
The graph below shows the total return toshareholders compared to the total shareholder
returns of the FTSE All-Share Total Return Index and MSCI World Total Return (Sterling)
Index. These indices have been selected as the most relevant, as there is no listed index
that is directly comparable with the Company’s portfolio.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below sets out, in respect of the financial year ended 31 May 2023 and
thepreceding financial period, the total remuneration paid to Directors, the Management
fee and share buybacks andthe percentage change between the two periods:
Year to
31 May 2023
£’000
Year to
31 May 2022
£’000
Change
%
Total remuneration paid to Directors 291 311 (6%)
Management fee 27,707 23,115 20%
Share buybacks 19,559 10,302 90%
Note: the items listed in the table above are as required by the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts
and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 ss.20, with the exception of the management fee, which has been included
because the Directors believe that it will help shareholders’ understanding of the relative importance of the spend on pay.
The figures for this measure are the same as those shown in Note 3 to the financial statements.
Directors’ interests (audited)
There is no requirement under the Company’s Articles of Association or the terms of their
appointment for Directors to hold shares in the Company.
The interests of the Directors and any persons closely associated in the shares of the
Company as at 31 May 2023 (or date of retirement/resignation if earlier) are set out below:
31 May 2023 31 May 2022
J.B.H.C.A. Singer CBE (Chair) 399,820 399,820
D.L. Melvin
1
105,000 105,000
J.D. Burgess
2
2,719,696 1,930,630
M.A. Sieghart 37,250 37,250
Dame Sue Owen DCB 17,50 0 17,5 0 0
Sir Laurie Magnus
3
143,240 143,240
T. Sakovska
4
1,557 1,557
1 Held jointly with spouse.
2 Includes 2,319,876 shares held by The November 1990 Trust, a connected person.
3 Sir Laurie Magnus CBE retired from the Board on 18October 2022.
4 Ms Sakovska joined the Board on 1 March 2022 and subsequently resigned on 22 July 2022.
There has been no change to the above interests between 31 May 2023 and the date of
this report. Ms Clements and Mr Welde, who have been appointed as Directors since the
year end, hold no shares in the Company as at the date of this report.
750%
300%
150%
0
2010
PIP FINANCIAL YEAR
2012
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2023
2021
600%
450%
2011
2013
2022
PIP Ordinary Share Price FTSE All-Share Total Return
MSCI World Total Return (Sterling)
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 140
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Voting at the AGM
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy
andRemuneration Report for the year
ended31May 2022 were approved
byshareholders at the AGM held on
18October 2022.
The votes cast by proxy were as follows:
Remuneration Report
Number
of votes
% of
votes cast
For 287,850,320 99.99
Against 39,860 0.01
At Chair’s
discretion
_ _
Total votes cast 287, 890,180 100.00
Number of
votes withheld 19,486
Remuneration Policy
Number
of votes
% of
votes cast
For 287,784,289 99.98
Against 54,330 0.02
At Chair’s
discretion
Total votes cast 287,838,619 100.00
Number of
votes withheld 71,047
Directors Remuneration Policy
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy
(the“Policy”) is put to shareholders’ vote
atleast once every three years and in any
year if there is to be a change in the Policy.
Aresolution to approve the Policy was
approved by shareholders at the AGM
heldon 18 October 2022.
The Policy
The Board’s policy is that remuneration of
Non-Executive Directors should reflect the
experience of the Board as a whole and is
determined with reference to comparable
organisations and appointments. The level
of remuneration has been set in order to
attract individuals of a calibre appropriate
to the future development of the Company
and to reflect the specific circumstances
ofthe Company, the duties and
responsibilities of the Directors, and the
value and amount of time committed
totheCompany’s affairs.
There are no performance conditions
attaching to the remuneration of the
Directors as the Board does not believe
that this is appropriate for Non-Executive
Directors. The Directors do not receive
pension benefits, long-term incentive
schemes or share options.
All Directors act in a non-executive
capacity, and the fees for their services are
approved by the whole Board. The fees for
the Directors are determined within the
limits set out in the Company’s Articles of
Association, or any greater sum that may
be determined by ordinary resolution of
theCompany.
Since 1 June 2021, fees for the Directors
are increased annually, effective from the
first day of the Company’s financial year
and, since the 2022 AGM, the increase
inDirectors’ fees will be set at a rate no
greater than the rate of CPI prevailing
atthetime, with any lower rate being
determined at the discretion of the Board.
The Chair does not participate in any
discussions relating to his own fee, which
is determined by the other Directors.
Directors are entitled to be paid all
travelling, hotel or other expenses properly
incurred by them in connection with their
attendance at Director or shareholder
meetings or otherwise in connection with
the discharge of their duties as Directors.
No other additional fees are payable for
membership of the Board’s Committees.
Fees for any new Director appointed will
be made on the above basis. Fees payable
in respect of subsequent years will be
determined following an annual CPI review,
with additional market reviews taking
place as appropriate to ensure fees
remain appropriate.
Expected
fees for
year to
31 May
2024
Year to
31 May
2023
*
Chair £84,000 £ 7 7,117
Chair of the Audit
Committee £58,534 £56,785
Senior Independent
Director £50,107 £46,520
Other Directors £44,598 £43,264
* These fees have been calculated based on the higher,
CPI linked increase of 9.1% for the period of 1 June
2022 to 18 October 2022 and the lower increase of 4%
for the period from 19 October 2022 to 31 May 2023,
following the adoption of the updated Remuneration
Policy at the 2022 AGM.
Directors’ service contracts
None of the Directors has a contract of
service with the Company. Each Director
hasentered into terms of appointment as a
Non-Executive Director of the Company.
There has been no other contract or
arrangement between the Company and
any Director at any time during the year.
Under the Articles of Association, each
Director shall retire and be subject to
re-appointment at the first AGM following
appointment, and at least every three years
thereafter. After nine years’ service, Directors
are subject toannual re-appointment.
Following the Company’s inclusion in the
FTSE 250, and in accordance with the AIC
Code, all Directors are subject to annual
re-election at each AGM. There are no
agreements between theCompany and its
Directors concerning compensation for
loss of office.
Any views expressed by shareholders on
the fees being paid to Directors would be
taken into consideration by the Board.
Approval
The Directors’ Remuneration Report was
approved by the Board of Directors and
signed on its behalf by:
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
2 August 2023
Directors’ Remuneration Report
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 141
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
State whether applicable UK Accounting
Standards have been followed, subject
to any material departures disclosed and
explained in the financial statements;
and
Prepare the financial statements on
agoing concern basis unless it is
inappropriate to presume that the
Company will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping
adequate accounting records that are
sufficient to show and explain the
Company’s transactions and disclose
withreasonable accuracy at any time the
financial position of the Company and
enable them to ensure that the financial
statements comply with the Companies
Act 2006. They are also responsible for
safeguarding the assets of the Company
and hence for taking reasonable steps for
the prevention and detection of fraud and
other irregularities.
The Directors are also responsible for
preparing the Strategic Report, the
Directors’ Report, the Directors’
Remuneration Report, the Corporate
Governance Statement and the Report of
the Audit Committee in accordance with
the Companies Act 2006 and applicable
regulations, including the requirements
ofthe Listing Rules and the Disclosure
Guidance and Transparency Rules.
TheDirectors have delegated responsibility
to the Investment Manager for the
maintenance and integrity of the
Company’s corporate and financial
information included on the Company’s
website (www.piplc.com). Legislation in
the UK governing the preparation and
dissemination of financial statements may
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Each of the Directors, whose names are
listed on pages 121 to 122, confirms that
tothe best of their knowledge:
The financial statements, prepared in
accordance with applicable accounting
standards, give a true and fair view of the
assets, liabilities, financial position and
profit of the Company; and
The Strategic Report contained in the
Annual Report and financial statements
includes a fair review of the development
and performance of the business and
the position of the Company, together
with a description of the principal risks
and uncertainties that it faces.
The UK Corporate Governance Code requires
Directors to ensure that the Annual Report
and financial statements are fair, balanced
and understandable. In order to reach a
conclusion on this matter, the Board has
requested that the Audit Committee advises
on whether it considers that the Annual
The Directors are responsible for preparing
the Annual Report and the financial
statements in accordance with applicable
laws and regulations in accordance
withFRS102. Company law requires the
Directors to prepare financial statements
for each financial year. Under that law
theyhave elected to prepare the financial
statements in accordance with applicable
law and UK Accounting Standards (UK
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).
Under company law the Directors must not
approve the financial statements unless
they are satisfied that they give a true
andfair view of the state of affairs of the
Company as at the end of each financial
year and of the profit or loss of the
Company for that period.
In preparing these financial statements,
theDirectors are required to:
Present a true and fair view of the
financial position, financial performance
and cash flows of the Company;
Select suitable accounting policies in
accordance with United Kingdom GAAP
and then apply them consistently;
Present information, including
accounting policies, in a manner that
provides relevant, reliable, comparable
and understandable information;
Make judgements and estimates that
are reasonable and prudent;
Report and financial statements fulfil these
requirements. The process by which the
Audit Committee has reached these
conclusions is set out in its report on
pages135 to 137. As a result, the Board
hasconcluded that the Annual Report and
financial statements for the year ended
31May 2023, taken as a whole, is fair,
balanced and understandable and provides
the information necessary for shareholders
to assess the Company’s position and
performance, business model and strategy.
Signed on behalf of the Board by
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
2 August 2023
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 142
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Pantheon International Plc
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements
of Pantheon International plc (the
“Company”) for the year ended 31 May
2023 which comprise the Income
Statement, the Statement of Changes
inEquity, the Balance Sheet, the Cash
FlowStatement, and the related notes 1
to23, including a summary of significant
accounting policies. The financial reporting
framework that has been applied in their
preparation is applicable law and United
Kingdom Accounting Standards including
FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard
applicable in the UK and Republic of
Ireland” (United Kingdom Generally
Accepted Accounting Practice).
In our opinion, the financial statements:
give a true and fair view of the Company’s
affairs as at 31 May 2023 and of its profit
for the year then ended;
have been properly prepared in accordance
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice; and
have been prepared in accordance with
the requirements of the Companies
Act2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance
withInternational Standards on Auditing
(UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law.
Ourresponsibilities under those standards
are further described in the Auditor’s
responsibilities for the audit of the
financialstatements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Company in
accordance with the ethical requirements
that are relevant to our audit of the financial
statements in the UK, including the
Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical
Standard as applied to public interest
entities, and we have fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with
these requirements.
The non-audit services prohibited by the
FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided
to the Company and we remain independent
of Company in conducting the audit.
Conclusions relating to going
concern
In auditing the financial statements, we
have concluded that the Directors’ use of
the going concern basis of accounting in
the preparation of the financial statements
is appropriate. Our evaluation of the
Directors’ assessment of the Company’s
ability to continue to adopt the going
concern basis of accounting included:
We confirmed our understanding of the
Company’s going concern assessment
process and engaged with the Directors
and the Company Secretary to determine
if all key factors were considered in their
assessment.
We inspected the Directors’ assessment
of going concern, including the portfolio
cashflow forecast, for the periods
covering at least twelve months from
thedate the financial statements were
authorised for issue. In preparing the
portfolio cashflow forecast, the
Company has concluded that it is able
tocontinue to meet its ongoing costs
asthey fall due.
We have reviewed the factors and
assumptions as applied to the portfolio
cashflow forecast and the liquidity
assessment of the investment portfolio.
We considered the appropriateness
ofthe methods used to calculate the
portfolio cashflow forecast and the
liquidity assessment and determined,
through testing of the methodology
andcalculations, that the methods,
inputs and assumptions utilised were
appropriate to be able to make an
assessment for the Company.
In relation to the Company’s borrowing
arrangements, we inspected the
Directors’ assessment of the risk of
breaching the loan facility covenants as
a result of a reduction in the value of the
Company’s portfolio. We recalculated
the Company’s compliance with loan
facility covenants in the scenarios
assessed by the Directors who also
performed reverse stress testing in
orderto identify what factors would
leadto the Company breaching the
financial covenants.
We considered the mitigating factors
included in the portfolio cashflow
forecasts and covenant calculations that
are within the control of the Company.
We reviewed the Company’s going
concern disclosures included in the
annual report in order to assess that
thedisclosures were appropriate and in
conformity with the reporting standards.
Based on the work we have performed,
wehave not identified any material
uncertainties relating to events or
conditions that, individually or collectively,
may cast significant doubt on the
Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern for the period to 2 August 2024.
In relation to the Company’s reporting on
how they have applied the UK Corporate
Governance Code, we have nothing
material to add or draw attention to in
relation to the Directors’ statement in
thefinancial statements about whether
theDirectors considered it appropriate
toadopt the going concern basis
ofaccounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities
of the Directors with respect to going
concern are described in the relevant
sections of this report. However, because
not all future events or conditions can be
predicted, this statement is not a guarantee
as to the Company’s ability to continue as
agoing concern.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 143
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
An overview of the scope of our audit
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our
evaluation of materiality and our allocation
of performance materiality determine our
audit scope for the Company. This enables
us to form an opinion on the financial
statements. We take into account size, risk
profile, the organisation of the Company
and effectiveness of controls, the potential
impact of climate change and changes in
the business environment when assessing
the level of work to be performed.
Climate change
Stakeholders are increasingly interested in
how climate change will impact Pantheon
International plc. The Company has
determined that the most significant
futureimpacts from climate change on
Overview of our audit approach
Key audit
matters
Risk of incorrect valuation of unlisted investments at fair value.
Incorrect valuation of investments in third party managed funds and
co-investment vehicles which are audited on an annual basis and for which
periodic fair value information is provided to the Company.
Incorrect valuation of investments in co-investment vehicles or third-party
funds which are not audited on an annual basis.
Incorrect valuations of investments in funds and entities managed by
Pantheon Ventures (UK) LLP (‘Pantheon’).
Materiality
Overall materiality of £24.5m which represents 1% of shareholders’ funds.
itsoperations may be from changes in
regulations that may adversely affect their
underlying portfolio investments. Their
approach to managing climate and other
ESG risks as part of managing investment
risk is explained on page 48 of the Strategic
Report, which form part of the “Other
information”, rather than the audited
financial statements. Our procedures on
these disclosures therefore consisted
solely of considering whether they are
materially inconsistent with the financial
statements or our knowledge obtained in
the course of the audit or otherwise appear
to be materially misstated, in line with our
responsibilities on “Other information”.
In planning and performing our audit we
assessed the potential impacts of climate
change on the Company’s business and
any consequential material impact on its
financial statements.
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Pantheon International Plc
Our audit effort in considering climate
change was focused on the adequacy of
the Company’s disclosures in the financial
statements as set out in note 1 and
conclusion that there was no material
impact from climate change on the
financial statements. We also challenged
the Directors’ considerations of climate
change in their assessment of viability
andassociated disclosures.
Based on our work we have not identified
the impact of climate change on the
financial statements to be a key audit
matter or to impact a key audit matter.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that,
inour professional judgment, were of most
significance in our audit of the financial
statements of the current period and
include the most significant assessed
risksof material misstatement (whether
ornot due to fraud) that we identified.
These matters included those which had
the greatest effect on: the overall audit
strategy, the allocation of resources in
theaudit; and directing the efforts of the
engagement team. These matters were
addressed in the context of our audit of the
financial statements as a whole, and in our
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a
separate opinion on these matters.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 144
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Risk Our response to the risk
Key observations communicated
tothe Audit Committee
Incorrect valuation of unlisted investments
at fair value (£2,416m, 2022: £2,236m)
Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 135); Accounting policies
(page 155); and Note 9 of the Financial Statements (page 163).
The unlisted investment portfolio represents 99% of the Net Asset
Value (NAV) of the Company and consists of investments in:
Third party managed funds
Funds or entities managed by Pantheon
Within this investment portfolio are a pool of investments attributed
to the Company’s Asset Linked Note liability of £31m (2022: £39m).
The valuation of the assets held in the investment portfolio is the key
driver of the Companys net asset value and total return. Incorrect
investment valuation could have a significant impact on the return
generated by the shareholders.
We attribute a higher risk of estimation uncertainty to a portfolio of
this nature. We therefore deem the valuation of unlisted investments
at fair value to be a fraud and significant audit risk.
We have further analysed the unlisted investment portfolio into
threecategories where specific audit procedures are performed in
addition to the general audit procedures on unlisted investments to
reflect the risk associated.
We performed the following procedures:
We obtained an understanding of Pantheon’s processes and controls surrounding the
investment valuation process including controls that are in place within the Company
and operated or performed by Pantheon by performing a walkthrough to assess the
design and implementation of controls in place.
We performed the following procedures for a sample of investments across all type of
investments:
We obtained the most recently available capital allocation statements or direct
confirmations independently from the general par tner and compared the NAV of the
investment attributable to the Company to the valuation per the accounting records.
Where the most recently available capital allocation statements were non-coterminous
with the reporting date, we obtained details of adjustments for cash flows and fair
value made by Pantheon and corroborated these to call and distribution notices and
bank statements.
For a sample of new investments during the year, we have obtained and reviewed the
due diligence performed by Pantheon to ensure that the investment recommendation
pack was appropriately completed prior to making new investments.
For a sample of realised investments during the year, we agreed the proceeds of the
disposal to the capital account statements and performed back testing by comparing
the sale price and subsequent cash receipts to the most recent valuation recorded by
the Company for the investment.
We reviewed the investment valuations and inquired of Pantheon regarding any
potential fair value adjustments as a result of updated information received or
observable market movements and obtained evidence to confirm these were
immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.
We noted that management recognised a £1.2m adjustment over the valuations of
investments with listed underlying investments and where the most recent GP
valuation was as at March 2023. We obtained an understanding of the adjustment
posted and performed audit procedures to assess share price movements aligned
tothe investment portfolio over the period March 2023 to May 2023.
The results of our procedures
identified no material misstatement
in relation to the risk of incorrect
valuation of unlisted investments
atfair value.
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Pantheon International Plc
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 145
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Risk Our response to the risk
Key observations communicated
tothe Audit Committee
Investments in third party managed funds
and co-investment vehicles which are
audited on an annual basis and for which
periodic fair value information is provided
tothe Company (£1,987m, 2022: £1,847m)
The investment portfolio is susceptible to material error due to the
investments being unquoted with no market price available and
management relying on third party information.
Additional procedures on investments in third party
managed funds and co-investments which are audited
on an annual basis and for which periodic fair value
information is provided to the Company
We have obtained the most recent audited financial statements for a sample of these
unlisted investments. Our sample included the testing of 198 investments, totalling
£1,570m. We performed the following procedures where applicable:
Inspected the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) applied and
reviewed accounting policies on key areas impacting the NAV and compared these
tothe fair value requirements per FRS102.
Compared the NAV per the audited financial statements to the capital account
statements which are coterminous with the financial statements year end date for a
sample of investments with balances which are above our performance materiality.
Determined whether the audit firm signing the financial statements was a
recognisedaudit firm and checked whether there were any modifications made to
their audit reports.
The results of our procedures
identified no material misstatement
in relation to the risk of incorrect
valuation of unlisted investments
atfair value.
Investments in third party managed
fundsand co-investment vehicles which
arenotaudited on an annual basis
(£133m,2022: £159m)
Pantheon obtains the underlying data from the investment
managers of these third-party funds or co-investment vehicles.
Pantheon apply the Company’s valuation policy and conclude
whether key assumptions used in valuing these assets are
reasonable. We consider the risk of management override to
bemore prevalent in this area.
Additional procedures on investments in third party
managed funds and co-investment vehicles which are
not audited on an annual basis
Where the investments in third party managed funds or co-investments were not
audited on an annual basis:
We obtained the fair value calculations supporting the value held by the Company and,
where applicable, agreed key inputs to the supporting evidence.
For investment vehicles with audited sponsor funds, we have inspected the GAAP
applied by the sponsor fund and reviewed accounting policies on key areas impacting
the NAV and compared these to the fair value requirements per FRS102.
Our sample included testing of 15 investments, totalling £117m, which did not have an
audit performed either for the investment vehicle itself or a significant portion of its
underlying holdings.
The results of our procedures
identified no material misstatement
in relation to the risk of incorrect
valuation of unlisted investments
atfair value.
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Pantheon International Plc
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 146
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Pantheon International Plc
Risk Our response to the risk
Key observations communicated
tothe Audit Committee
Investments in other funds and
entities managed by Pantheon
(£296m, 2022: £264m)
Where the Company invests in other entities managed by Pantheon,
there is an increased risk the fund fair values are susceptible to
manipulation due to the related party relationship as Pantheon is
performing the valuation.
Additional procedures on investments held in other funds
and entities managed by Pantheon
For a sample of investments in Pantheon managed funds which are audited, we
haveobtained the most recent audited set of financial statements where available.
Oursamples included testing of 10 investments which had audited financial statements
within the structure, totalling £178m, and 11 investments, totalling £93m, from internally
managed funds which do not have annually audited financial statements. We performed
the following procedures where applicable:
Inspected the GAAP applied and reviewed accounting policies on key areas impacting
the NAV and compared these to the fair value requirements per FRS102.
Compared the NAV per the audited financials to the capital account statements
whichare coterminous with the financial statements year end date for a sample of
investments.
Determined whether the audit firm signing the financial statements was a recognised
audit firm and checked whether there were modifications made to their audit report.
For unaudited investments, we have performed a look through into the investments
held by the entity to determine whether the underlying holdings were subject to audit.
For those that are audited, we have inspected the GAAP applied by the underlying
holdings and reviewed accounting policies on key areas impacting the NAV and
compared these to the fair value requirements per FRS102.
Where the internally managed fund and its underlying investments are not audited, we
have obtained the fair value calculations supporting the value held by the Company
and, where applicable, agreed key inputs to the supporting evidence.
The results of our procedures
identified no material misstatement
in relation to the risk of incorrect
valuation of unlisted investments
at fair value.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 147
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Pantheon International Plc
On the basis of our risk assessments,
together with our assessment of the
Company’s overall control environment,
our judgement was that performance
materiality was 75% (2022: 75%) of our
planning materiality, namely £18.4m
(2022: £18.2m). We have set performance
materiality at this percentage due to our
understanding of the control environment
that indicates a lower risk of material
misstatements, both corrected and
uncorrected.
Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified
misstatements are considered as being
clearly trivial.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that
we would report to them all uncorrected
audit differences in excess of £1.23m
(2022: £1.21m), which is set at 5% of
planning materiality, as well as differences
below that threshold that, in our view,
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
We evaluate any uncorrected
misstatements against both the
quantitative measures of materiality
discussed above and in light of other
relevant qualitative considerations in
forming our opinion.
Other information
The other information comprises the
information included in the annual report,
other than the financial statements and our
auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are
responsible for the other information
contained within the annual report.
Our opinion on the financial statements
does not cover the other information and,
except to the extent otherwise explicitly
stated in this report, we do not express any
form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider
whether the other information is materially
inconsistent with the financial statements
or our knowledge obtained in the course
ofthe audit or otherwise appears to be
materially misstated. If we identify such
material inconsistencies or apparent
material misstatements, we are required
todetermine whether this gives rise to a
material misstatement in the financial
statements themselves. If, based on the
work we have performed, we conclude
thatthere is a material misstatement of
theother information, we are required to
report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Opinions on other matters prescribed
by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the Directors’
Remuneration Report to be audited has
been properly prepared in accordance
withthe Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work
undertaken in the course of the audit:
the information given in the Strategic
report and the Directors’ report for the
financial year for which the financial
statements are prepared is consistent
with the financial statements; and
Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in
planning and performing the audit,
inevaluating the effect of identified
misstatements on the audit and in
forming our audit opinion.
Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or
misstatement that, individually or in the
aggregate, could reasonably be expected
toinfluence the economic decisions of
theusers of the financial statements.
Materiality provides a basis for
determining the nature and extent
of our audit procedures.
We determined materiality for the Company
to be £24.5 million (2022: £24.3 million),
which is 1% (2022: 1%) of shareholders’
funds. We believe that shareholders’ funds
provide us with materiality aligned to the key
measure of the Company’s performance.
During the course of our audit, we
reassessed initial materiality and made no
changes to the basis of calculation from our
original assessment at the planning stage.
Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the
individual account or balance level.
It is setat an amount to reduce to an
appropriately low level the probability
thatthe aggregate of uncorrected
andundetected misstatements
exceedsmateriality.
the Strategic report and Directors’
reports have been prepared in
accordance with applicable legal
requirements.
Matters on which we are required to
report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and
understanding of the Company and its
environment obtained in the course of
theaudit, we have not identified material
misstatements in the strategic report or
Directors’ report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the
following matters in relation to which the
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report
to you if, in our opinion:
adequate accounting records have not
been kept, or returns adequate for our
audit have not been received from
branches not visited by us; or
the financial statements and the part of
the Directors’ Remuneration Report to
beaudited are not in agreement with the
accounting records and returns; or
certain disclosures of Directors’
remuneration specified by law are not
made; or
we have not received all the information
and explanations we require for our audit.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 148
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Pantheon International Plc
Corporate Governance Statement
We have reviewed the Directors’ statement
in relation to going concern, longer-term
viability and that part of the Corporate
Governance Statement relating to the
Company’s compliance with the provisions
of the UK Corporate Governance Code
specified for our review by the Listing
Rules.
Based on the work undertaken as part of
our audit, we have concluded that each of
the following elements of the Corporate
Governance Statement is materially
consistent with the financial statements or
our knowledge obtained during the audit:
The Directors’ statement with regards
tothe appropriateness of adopting the
going concern basis of accounting and
any material uncertainties identified set
out on page 125;
The Directors’ explanation as to its
assessment of the Company’s
prospects, the period this assessment
covers and why the period is appropriate
set out on page 54;
The Director’s statement on whether it
has a reasonable expectation that the
Company will be able to continue in
operation and meets its liabilities set
outon page 125;
The Directors’ statement on fair,
balanced and understandable set out
onpage 141;
The Board’s confirmation that it has
carried out a robust assessment of the
emerging and principal risks set out on
page 44;
The section of the annual report that
describes the review of effectiveness of
risk management and internal control
systems set out on page 133; and
The section describing the work of the
Audit Committee set out on page 135.
Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’
responsibilities statement set out on
page141, the Directors are responsible for
the preparation of the financial statements
and for being satisfied that they give a true
and fair view, and for such internal control
as the Directors determine is necessary to
enable the preparation of financial
statements that are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud
orerror.
In preparing the financial statements, the
Directors are responsible for assessing the
Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters
related to going concern and using the
going concern basis of accounting unless
the Directors either intend to liquidate the
Company or to cease operations, or have
no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of
the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial
statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s
report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of
assurance, but is not a guarantee that
anaudit conducted in accordance with
ISAs(UK) will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements
can arise from fraud or error and are
considered material if, individually or in
theaggregate, they could reasonably
beexpected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of
these financial statements.
Explanation as to what extent the audit
was considered capable of detecting
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances
of non-compliance with laws and regulations.
We design procedures in line with our
responsibilities, outlined above, todetect
irregularities, including fraud. Therisk of
not detecting a material misstatement
dueto fraud is higher than the risk of not
detecting one resulting fromerror, as
fraudmay involve deliberate concealment
by, for example, forgery or intentional
misrepresentations, or through collusion.
The extent to which our procedures are
capable of detecting irregularities,
including fraud is detailed below.
However, the primary responsibility for the
prevention and detection of fraud rests
with both those charged with governance
of the Company and management.
We obtained an understanding of the
legal and regulatory frameworks that
areapplicable to the Company and
determined that the most significant are
the Companies Act 2006, the Listing
Rules, the UK Corporate Governance
Code, the Association of Investment
Companies’ Code and Statement of
Recommended Practice, Section 1158
of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 and The
Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting)
Regulations 2018.
We understood how the Company is
complying with those frameworks through
discussions with the Audit Committee
and the Company Secretary and a review
of Board minutes and the Company’s
documented policies and procedures.
We assessed the susceptibility of the
Company’s financial statements to
material misstatement, including how
fraud might occur by considering the key
risks impacting the financial statements.
We identified a fraud risk with respect
tomanagement override in relation to
investments in funds and entities managed
by Pantheon and investments in third
party managed funds and co-investment
vehicles which are not audited on an
annual basis. Further discussion of our
approach is set out in the section on the
key audit matters above. In addition,
weperformed tests of journal entries,
focusing on unusual and year-end
manual journals.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 149
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Pantheon International Plc
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s
members, as a body, in accordance with
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken
so that we might state to the Company’s
members those matters we are required
tostate to them in an auditor’s report and
forother purpose. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, we do not accept or
assume responsibility to anyone other than
the Company and the Company’s members
as a body, for our audit work, for this report,
or for the opinions we have formed.
MATTHEW PRICE
(SENIOR STATUTORY AUDITOR)
for and on behalf of
Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
London
2 August 2023
Based on this understanding we
designed our audit procedures to identify
non-compliance with such laws and
regulations. Our procedures involved
areview of the Company Secretary’s
reporting to the Directors with respect
tothe application of the documented
policies and procedures and review of
the financial statements to confirm
compliance with the reporting
requirements of the Company.
A further description of our responsibilities
for the audit of the financial statements is
located on the FRC’s website at https://
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.
This description forms part of our
auditor’sreport.
Other matters we are required to address
Following the recommendation from
theAudit Committee, we were appointed
bythe Company on 2 December 2019
toaudit the financial statements for
theyear ending 31 May 2020 and
subsequent financial periods.
The period of total uninterrupted
engagement including previous
renewalsand reappointments is 4 years,
covering the years ending 31 May 2020
to31 May 2023.
The audit opinion is consistent with the
additional report to the Audit Committee.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 150
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 150
Financial Statements
Income Statement 151
Statement of Changes in Equity 152
Balance Sheet 153
Cash Flow Statement 154
Notes to the Financial Statements 155
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 151
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Income Statement Year ended 31 May 2023
Year Ended 31 May 2023 Year Ended 31 May 2022
Note
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
1
£’000
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
1
£’000
Gains on investments at fair value through profit or loss
9b
50,885 50,885 570,049 570,049
(Losses)/gains on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss – ALN (856) 4,240 3,384 (305) (3,123) (3,428)
Currency gains on cash and cash equivalents
16
9,179 9,179 19,564 19,564
Investment income
2
18,084 18,084 19,169 19,169
Investment management fees
3
(27,707) (27,707 ) (23,115) (23,115)
Other expenses
4
(2,059) (1,625) (3,684) (1,274) (1,326) (2,600)
Return before financing and taxation (12,538) 62,679 50,141 (5,525) 585,164 579,639
Interest payable and similar expenses
6
(6,366) (6,366) (3,967) (3,967)
Return before taxation (18,904) 62,679 43,775 (9,492) 585,164 575,672
Taxation paid
7
(1,494) (1,494) (3,075) (3,075)
Return for the year, being total comprehensive income for the year (20,398) 62,679 42,281 (12,567) 585,164 572,597
Return per ordinary share
8
(3.83)p 11.77p 7.94p (2.32)p 108.38p 106.06p
1 The Company does not have any income or expenses that are not included in the return for the year, therefore the return for the year is also the total comprehensive income for the year. The supplementary revenue and capital columns are prepared
under guidance published in the Statement of Recommended Practice (“SORP”) issued by the Association of Investment Companies (“AIC).
All revenue and capital items in the above statement relate to continuing operations. No operations were acquired or discontinued during the period.
The total column of the statement represents the Company’s Statement of Total Comprehensive Income prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standards (“FRS”).
The Notes on pages 155 to 176 form par t of these financial statements.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 152
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Statement of Changes in Equity Year ended 31 May 2023
Note
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Capital
redemption
reserve
£’000
Other
capital
reserve
£’000
Capital
reserve on
investments
held
£’000
Revenue
reserve
£’000
Total
£’000
Movement for the year ended 31 May 2023
Opening equity shareholders’ funds 36,012 269,535 3,553 1,556,346 674,875 (112,857) 2,427,464
Return for the year 83,859 (21,180) (20,398) 42,281
Ordinary shares bought back for cancellation
15
(509) 509 (19,673) (19,673)
Closing equity shareholders’ funds 35,503 269,535 4,062 1,620,532 653,695 (133,255) 2,450,072
Movement for the year ended 31 May 2022
Opening equity shareholders’ funds 36,240 269,535 3,325 976,685 679,736 (100,290) 1,865,231
Return for the year 590,025 (4,861) (12,567) 572,597
Ordinary shares bought back for cancellation
15
(228) 228 (10,364) (10,364)
Closing equity shareholders’ funds 36,012 269,535 3,553 1,556,346 674,875 (112,857) 2,427,464
The Notes on pages 155 to 176 form par t of these financial statements.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 153
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Balance Sheet As at 31 May 2023
Note
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Fixed assets
Investments at fair value
9a/b
2, 417,620 2,238,608
Current assets
Debtors
11
2,347 2,123
Cash and cash equivalents
12
66,043 231,458
68,390 233,581
Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year
Other creditors
13
(4,617) (6,138)
(4,617) (6,138)
Net current assets 63,773 2 27,4 4 3
Total assets less current liabilities 2,481,393 2,466,051
Creditors: Amounts falling due after one year
Asset Linked Loan Note (“ALN”)
14
(31,321) (38,587)
(31,321) (38,587)
Net assets 2,450,072 2,427,464
Capital and reserves
Called-up share capital
15
35,503 36,012
Share premium
16
269,535 269,535
Capital redemption reserve
16
4,062 3,553
Other capital reserve
16
1,620,532 1,556,346
Capital reserve on investments held
16
653,695 674,875
Revenue reserve
16
(133,255) (112,857)
Total equity shareholders’ funds 2,450,072 2,427,464
Net asset value per Ordinary share
17
462.37p 451.63p
The Notes on pages 155 to 176 form par t of these financial statements.
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Pantheon International Plc on 02 August 2023 and were authorised for issue by
JOHN SINGER CBE
Chair
Company No. 2147984
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 154
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Cash Flow Statement Year ended 31 May 2023
Note
Year ended
31 May 2023
£’000
Year ended
31 May 2022
£’000
Cash flow from operating activities
Investment income received – comprising:
– Dividend income 12,325 17,692
– Interest income 4,756 1,302
– Other investment income 211 163
Deposit and other interest received 780 28
Investment management fees paid (27,5 8 6) (22,637)
Secretarial fees paid (354) (300)
Depositary fees paid (284) (254)
Directors’ fees paid (303) (307)
Legal & Professional fees paid (1,996) (1,707)
Other cash payments
1
(1,036) (804)
Withholding tax deducted (1,502) (3,626)
Net cash outflow from operating activities
19
(14,989) (10,450)
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of investments
2
(289,020) (352,620)
Disposals of investments
2
161,168 402,700
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities (127,852) 50,080
Cash flows from financing activities
ALN repayments (5,035) (13,786)
Ordinary shares bought back for cancellation (19,678) (10,360)
Loan commitment and arrangement fees paid (7,071) (2,853)
Net cash outflow from financing activities (31,784) (26,999)
(Decrease)/increase in cash in the year (174,625) 12,631
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 231,458 199,118
Foreign exchange gains 9,210 19,709
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
12
66,043 231,458
1 Includes interest paid during the year of £22,000 (2022: £96,000).
2 Purchases and disposals do not include investments actioned by Pantheon International Holdings LP.
The Notes on pages 155 to 176 form par t of these financial statements.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 155
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
1 Accounting Policies
PIP is a listed public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. The registered office
is detailed on page 186. A summary of the principal accounting policies and measurement
bases, all of which have been applied consistently throughout the year, is set out below.
A. Basis of Preparation
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in compliance with FRS 102 as it
applies to the financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 May 2023. They have
also been prepared on the assumption that approval as an investment trust willcontinue to
be granted. The Company’s financial statements arepresented in sterling and all values
are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except when indicated otherwise.
The investments in the subsidiaries are financial assets, and held at fair value through
profitorloss.
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with theSORP for the financial
statements of investment trust companiesand venture capital trusts issued by the AIC, other
than where restrictions are imposed on the Company which prohibit specific disclosures.
B. Going Concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the
historical cost basis of accounting, modified to include the revaluation of certain assets at
fairvalue.
The Directors have made an assessment of going concern, taking into account the
Company’s current performance and financial position as at 31 May 2023. In addition, the
Directors have assessed the outlook, which considers the potential further impact of the
ongoing geopolitical uncer tainties as a result of the Russia-Ukraine conflict including the
disruption to the global supply chain and increases in the cost of living as a result of this
conflict, persistent inflation, interest rate rises and the impact of climate change on PIP’s
portfolio using the information available as at the date of issue of these financial statements.
As part of this assessment the Directors considered:
Various downside liquidity modelling scenarios with varying degrees of decline in
investment valuations, decreased investment distributions, and increased call rates,
with the worst being a low case downside scenario representing an impact to the portfolio
that is worse than that experienced during the Global Financial Crisis.
The Company manages and monitors liquidity regularly ensuring it is adequate and
sufficient and is underpinned by its monitoring of investments, distributions, capital calls
and outstanding commitments. Total available financing as at 31 May 2023 stood at
£554m (31 May 2022: £528m), comprising £63m (31 May 2022: £227m) in available cash
balances and £491m in undrawn, sterling equivalent, bank facilities (31 May 2022: £301m).
PIP’s 31 May 2023 valuation is primarily based on reported GP valuations with a reference
date of 31 March 2023, updated for capital movements and foreign exchange impacts.
Asthe longer-term impacts of the ongoing geopolitical uncer tainties as a result of the
Russia–Ukraine conflict and the impact of climate change may not be fully apparent,
theDirectors have considered the impact that declining valuations could have on the
Company’s going concern assessment. The Directors have also considered the impact
ofclimate change on PIP’s portfolio and have come to the conclusion that there is no
significant impact on the Company as a result of climate change.
Unfunded commitments – PIP’s unfunded commitments at 31 May 2023 were £857m
(31May 2022: £755m). The Directors have considered the maximum level of unfunded
commitments which could theoretically be drawn in a 12-month period, the ageing of
commitments and available financing to fulfil these commitments. In these scenarios
PIPcan take steps to limit or mitigate the impact on the Balance Sheet, namely drawing
onthe credit facility, pausing on new commitments, selling assets to increase liquidity and
reducing outstanding commitments if necessary. In addition, subject to market conditions,
the Company could also seek to raise additional debt or equity capital.
Share buybacks – The Directors have considered the impact of the approved one-off
£200million share buyback and the impact of a further “automatic” share buyback
programme, the amount of which will be determined by net portfolio inflows and the
prevailing level of discount.
Having performed the assessment on going concern, the Directors considered it appropriate
to prepare the financial statements of the Company on a going concern basis. The Company
has sufficient financial resources and liquidity, is well placed to manage business risks in the
current economic environment and can continue operations for a period of at least 12 months
from the date of issue of these financial statements.
C. Segmental Reporting
The Directors are of the opinion that the Company is engaged inasingle segment of business,
being an investment business. Consequently no business segmental analysis is provided.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 156
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
1 Accounting Policies
D. Valuation of Investments
Given the nature of the Company’s assets which comprise predominantly unlisted fund
investments, while the Company operates a robust and consistent valuation process,
there is significant estimation uncertainty in the underlying fund valuations which are
estimated at a point in time. Accordingly, while the Company considers circumstances
where it might be appropriate to apply an override, for instance in response to a market
crash, this will be exercised only where it is judged necessary to reflect fair value.
Similarly, while relevant information relating to but received after the measurement date is
considered, the Directors will only consider an adjustment to the financial statements if it were
to have a significant impact and is indicative of conditions present at the measurement date.
The Company has fully adopted sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102. Allinvestments held by the
Company are classified as fair value through profit or loss”. As the Companys business
is investing in financial assets with a view to profiting from their total return in the form of
interest, dividends or increases in fair value, investments arerecognised at fair value on
initial recognition.
The Company manages and evaluates the performance of these investments on afair value
basis in accordance with its investment strategy. For investments actively traded in organised
financial markets, fair value is generally determined by reference to stock exchange quoted
market bid prices at the close of business at the Balance Sheet date. For investments that
are not actively traded in organised financial markets, fair value is determined using reliable
valuation techniques as described below:
i. Unquoted fixed asset investments are stated at the estimated fairvalue
In the case of investments in private equity funds, this is based on the net asset value of those
funds ascertained from periodic valuations provided by the managers of the funds and
recorded up to the measurement date. Such valuations are necessarily dependent upon the
reasonableness of the valuations by the fund managers of the underlying investments. In the
absence of contrary information, the values are assumed to be reliable. These valuations are
reviewed periodically for reasonableness and recorded up to the measurement date. If a class
of assets were sold post-period end, management would consider the effect, if any, on the
investment portfolio.
The Company may acquire secondary interests at either a premium or a discount to the
fundmanager’s valuation. Within the Company’s portfolio, those fund holdings are normally
revalued to their stated net asset values at the next reporting date unless an adjustment
against a specific investment is considered appropriate.
The fair value of each investment is derived at each reporting date. Inthe case of direct
investments in unquoted companies, the initial valuation is based on the transaction price.
Where further indications of fair value become available, such as through subsequent issues
of capital or dealings between third parties, the valuation is adjusted to reflect the new
evidence, at each reporting date. This information may include the valuations provided by
private equity managers who are also invested in the Company.
ii. Quoted investments are valued at the bid price on the relevant stockexchange
Private equity funds may contain a proportion of quoted shares from time to time, for example
where the underlying company investments have been taken public but the holdings have not
yet been sold. The quoted market holdings at the date of the latest fund accounts are reviewed
and adjusted to the published prices of those holdings at the period end.
E. Asset Linked Note
As part of the share consolidation effected on 31 October 2017, the Company issued an ALN
with an initial principal amount of £200m to the Investor. Payments under the ALN are made
quarterly in arrears and are linked to the ALN share (c.75%) of the net cash flows from a
reference portfolio which consists of interests held by the Company in over 300 of its oldest
private equity funds, substantially 2006 and earlier vintages. The Company retains the net
cash flows relating to the remaining c.25% of the reference portfolio.
The ALN is held at fair value through profit or loss and therefore movements in fair value are
reflected in the Income Statement. Fair value is calculated as the sum of the ALN share of fair
value of the reference portfolio plus the ALN share of undistributed net cash flow. The fair
value movement is allocated between revenue and capital pro rata to the fair value gains and
income-generated movements in the reference portfolio.
A pro rata share of the Company’s total ongoing charges is allocated to the ALN, reducing
each quarterly payment (the Expense Charge”) and deducted from Other Expenses through
the revenue account in the Income Statement.
The ALN’s share of net cash flow is calculated after withholding taxation suffered. These
amounts are deducted from taxation through the revenue account in the Income Statement.
See Note 14 for further information.
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 157
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
1 Accounting Policies
F. Income
Dividends receivable on quoted equity shares are brought into account on the ex-dividend date.
Dividends receivable on equity shares where no ex-dividend date is quoted are brought into
account when the Company’s right to receive payment is established. The fixed return on a
debt security is recognised on a time apportionment basis.
Income distributions from funds are recognised when the right to distributions is established.
G. Taxation
Corporation tax payable is based on the taxable profit for the period. The charge for taxation
takes into account taxation deferred or accelerated because of timing differences between
the treatment of certain items for accounting and taxation purposes. Full provision for
deferred taxation is made under the liability method, without discounting, on all timing
differences that have arisen but not reversed by the Balance Sheet date.
The tax effect of different items of income/gain and expenditure/loss is allocated between
capital and revenue on the same basis as the particular item to which it relates, using the
marginal method.
Dividends receivable are recognised at an amount that may include withholding tax
(but excludes other taxes, such as attributable tax credits). Any withholding tax suffered
is shown as part of the revenue account tax charge.
Deferred tax is not provided on capital gains and losses arising on the revaluation or disposal
of investments because the Company meets (and intends to continue for the foreseeable
future to meet) the conditions for approval as an investment trust company, pursuant to
sections 1158 and 1159 of the CTA.
Deferred tax assets are only recognised if it is considered more likely than not that there will
be suitable profits from which the future reversal of timing differences can be deducted.
H. Expenses
All expenses are accounted for on an accruals basis. Expenses, including investment
management fees, are charged through the revenue account except as follows:
Expenses which are incidental to the acquisition or disposal of an investment are treated
as capital costs and separately identified and disclosed in Note 4;
Expenses of a capital nature are accounted for through the capital account; and
Investment performance fees.
I. Foreign Currency
The functional and presentational currency of the Company is pounds sterling (“sterling”)
because it is the primary currency in the economic environment in which the Company operates.
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in the local currency at actual
exchange rates as at the date of transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies at the period end are reported at the rates of exchange prevailing at the
period end. Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates subsequent to the date
ofthe transaction is included as an exchange gain or loss in the revenue or capital column of
the Income Statement depending on whether the gain or loss is of a capital or revenue nature.
For non-monetary assets, these are covered by fair value adjustments. For details of transactions
included in the capital column of the Income Statement please see (J) and (K) below.
J. Other Capital Reserve
The following are accounted for in this reserve:
Investment performance fees;
Gains and losses on the realisation of investments;
Realised exchange difference of a capital nature; and
Expenses of a capital nature.
Capital distributions received from investments are accounted for by firstly reducing any
costof that investment, with any gains being recognised as realised only when the cost
hasbeen reduced to nil.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 158
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
1 Accounting Policies
K. Capital Reserve on Investments Held
The following are accounted for in this reserve:
Increases and decreases in the value of investments held at the year end and the ALN.
L. Investment Performance Fee
The Manager is entitled to a performance fee from the Company in respect of each 12 calendar
month period ending on 31 May in each year. The performance fee payable in respect of each
such calculation period is 5% of the amount by which the net asset value at the end of such
period exceeds 110% of the applicable “high-water mark, i.e. the net asset value at the end
ofthe previous calculation period in respect of which a performance fee was payable,
compounded annually at 10% for each subsequent completed calculation period up to the
start of the calculation period for which the fee is being calculated. For the calculation period
ended 31 May 2023, the notional performance fee hurdle is a net asset value per share of 510.7p.
The performance fee is calculated using the adjusted net asset value, which adjusts the net
assets to remove any performance fee accrued (should one exist). The net asset value per
share at 31 May 2023 is 462.4p.
The performance fee is calculated so as to ignore the effect on performance of any performance
fee payable in respect of the period for which the fee is being calculated or of any increase or
decrease in the net assets of the Company resulting from any issue, redemption or purchase
of any shares or other securities, the sale of any treasury shares or the issue or cancellation
ofany subscription or conversion rights for any shares or other securities and any other
reduction in the Companys share capital or any distribution to shareholders.
M. Significant Judgements and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires the Manager to make judgements, estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of investments at fair value at the financial
reporting date and the reported fair value movements during the reporting period. Actual
results may differ from these estimates. Details of how the fair values of unlisted investments
are estimated and any associated judgements applied are provided in Section (D) of this Note
and also within the Market Price Risk section in Note 21.
N. Derecognition/Recognition of Assets and Liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Company’s Balance Sheet
when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Inaccordance with FRS102, financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights
tothe cash flows from the instrument expire or the asset is transferred and the transfer
qualifies for derecognition. Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is
discharged, extinguished or expired.
O. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash deposits held with banks and money market funds,
together with other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less at the date of placement, free of any encumbrances, which are readily
convertible into known amounts of cash and subject to insignificant risk of changes in value.
The Manager uses money market funds for cash management purposes.
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 159
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
2 Income
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Income from investments
Investment income (comprising dividend income,
interestincome and other investment income) 17,292 19,137
17,2 92 19,137
Other income
Interest 784 28
Exchange difference on income 8 4
792 32
Total income 18,084 19,169
Total income comprises
Dividend income 12,325 17,672
Interest income 4,756 1,302
Other investment income 211 163
Bank interest 767 28
Money market fund interest 17
Exchange difference on income 8 4
Total income 18,084 19,169
Analysis of income from investments
Unlisted 17,2 92 19,137
17,2 92 19,137
Geographical analysis
UK 1,055 306
US 9,243 14,345
Other overseas 6,994 4,486
17,2 92 19,137
3 Investment Management Fees
31 May 2023 31 May 2022
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
£’000
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
£’000
Investment
management fees 27,707 27,707 23,115 23,115
27,707 27,707 23,115 23,115
The investment management fee is payable monthly in arrears at the rate set out in the
Directors’ Report on pages 124 and 125.
During the year, investment management services with a total value of £29,010,000 (period to
31May 2022: £23,977,000), being £27,707,000 (period to 31 May 2022: £23,115,000) directly
from Pantheon Ventures (UK)LLP and £1,303,000 (period to 31 May 2022: £862,000) via
Pantheon managed fund investments were purchased by the Company.
The value of investments, in and outstanding commitments to, investment funds managed or
advised by the Pantheon Group (“Pantheon Funds”) are excluded in calculating the monthly
management fee and the commitment fee. The value of holdings in investments managed by
the Pantheon Group totalled £1,131,118,000 as at 31 May 2023 (31 May 2022: £897,332,000),
including £995,669,000 from the Pantheon managed Pantheon International Holdings
subsidiaries (31 May 2022: £812,172,000). Please see Note 18 for further details.
In addition, the Manager has agreed that the total fees (including performance fees) payable
by Pantheon Funds to members of the Pantheon Group and attributable to the Companys
investments in Pantheon Funds shall be less than the total fees (excluding the performance
fee) that the Company would have been charged under the Management Agreement had it
invested directly in all of the underlying investments of the relevant Pantheon Funds instead
ofthe relevant Pantheon Funds instead of through the relevant Pantheon Funds.
At 31 May 2023, £2,245,000 (31 May 2022: £2,124,000) was owed for investment
management fees. No performance fee is payable in respect of the year to 31 May 2023
(31May 2022: £nil). The basis upon which the performance fee is calculated is explained in
Note 1 (L) and in the Directors’ Report on pages 158 and 124.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 160
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
4 Other Expenses
31 May 2023 31 May 2022
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
£’000
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
£’000
Secretarial and accountancy services 353 353 312 312
Depositary fees 280 280 238 238
Custodian 16 16 10 10
Fees payable to the Companys Auditor for the
audit of the annual financial statements 146 146 105 105
Fees payable to the Companys Auditor for
audit-related assurance services – Half-Yearly Report 44 44 35 35
Directors’ remuneration (see Note 5) 291 291 311 311
Employer’s National Insurance 42 42 34 34
Irrecoverable VAT (5) (5) (47) (47)
Legal and professional fees
1
547 1,625 2,172 317 1,326 1,643
Other
2
831 831 691 691
ALN Expense Charge (see Note 1 (E))
3
(486) (486) (732) (732)
2,059 1,625 3,684 1,274 1,326 2,600
1 Legal fees incidental to the acquisition of investments are charged to the Capital column of the Income Statement, since they are capital in nature.
2 Other expenses comprise mainly fees and expenses relating to printing, public relations, Stock Exchange listing, FCA fees, AIC Levy and share price publications.
3 A pro rata share of the Company’s total ongoing charges is allocated to the ALN, reducing each quarterly payment.
The Directors do not consider that the provision of non-audit work to the Company affects the independence of the Auditors due to the half-year review being an assurance service.
5 Directors’ Remuneration
Directors’ emoluments comprise Directors’ fees. A breakdown is provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 138 and 140.
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 161
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
6 Interest Payable and Similar Expenses
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Negative bank interest
1
22 96
Loan commitment and arrangement fees 6,344 3,871
6,366 3,967
1 Applicable when bank base rates were low (less than 2%), bank interest was payable on positive balances held in Euro
and Swedish Krona currency accounts. Since base rates have increased above 2% in September 2022, no further
negative interest was paid.
On 2 August 2022, the Company announced that it had agreed a new five-year £500m
multi-tranche, multi-currency revolving credit facility agreement arranged by Credit Suisse AG
London Branch, Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets plc and State Street Bank International
GmbH. The Loan Facility, which replaced the £300m loan facility agreement due to expire in
May 2024, is comprised of facilities amounting to US$512.9m and €89.2m and secured by
certain assets of the Company. The facility will expire in July 2027 with an ongoing option to
extend, by agreement, the maturity date by another year at a time. The facility has a blended
commitment fee of 0.95% per annum on available commitments, pricing equivalent to the
relevant benchmark rate plus 2.350% to 2.575% depending on utilisation, and is subject to
loan to value and liquidity ratios. The principal covenants that apply to the loan facility require:
(i) that gross borrowings do not exceed 34% of the borrowing base; (ii) that gross borrowings
do not exceed 45% of the adjusted borrowing base in the first year of the facility, and 40%
thereafter; and (iii) the liquidity ratio does not exceed 3.0x undrawn commitments. At 31 May
2023, these requirements have been met.
Upfront fees of £2.0m (in sterling terms), in relation to this facility agreement, are being
amortised over the remaining life of the facility. Further fees are payable after one year, and
twoyears.
This loan facility provides a margin of additional assurance that the Company has the ability
tofinance its unfunded commitments in the future. At 31 May 2023, loan facility remained fully
undrawn. At 31 May 2022, the previous loan facility also remained fully undrawn.
The facility is still set to continue to be available up until its original end date, following Credit
Suisse AG being bought by UBS Group AG in March 2023.
7 Taxation
31 May 2023 31 May 2022
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
£’000
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
£’000
Withholding tax deducted from distributions 1,494 1,494 3,075 3,075
Tax charge
The tax charge for the year differs from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% to 31 March 2023 rising to 25% from 1 April 2023, giving a weighted average for the year of
20% (Year ended 31 May 2022: 19%). The differences are explained below:
Net return before tax (18,904) 62,679 43,775 (9,492) 585,164 575,672
Theoretical tax at UK corporation tax rate of 20% (31 May 2022: 19%) (3,781) 12,536 8,755 (1,803) 111,181 109,378
Non-taxable investment, derivative and currency gains (12,845) (12,845) (111,433) (111,433)
Effect of expenses in excess of taxable income 309 309 252 252
Carry forward management expenses 3,781 3,781 1,803 1,803
Withholding tax deducted from distributions 1,494 1,494 3,075 3,075
1,494 1,494 3,075 3,075
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 162
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
7 Taxation (continued)
The tax charge for the year ended 31 May 2023 is £1.5m (31 May 2022: £3.1m). The tax charge is wholly comprised of irrecoverable withholding tax suffered, with the exception of an amount of
£0.1m, in relation to the recovery of tax from prior years which has been offset against the charge.
Investment gains are exempt from capital gains tax owing to the Company’s status as an investment trust.
Factors That May Affect Future Tax Charges
The Company is an investment trust and therefore is not subject to tax on capital gains. Deferred tax is not provided on capital gains and losses arising on the revaluation or disposal of
investments because the Company meets (and intends to meet for the foreseeable future) the conditions for approval as an investment trust company.
No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of excess management expenses and expenses in excess of taxable income as they will only be recoverable to the extent that there is
sufficient future taxable revenue. As at 31 May 2023, excess management expenses are estimated to be in excess of £330m (31 May 2022: £227m).
At 31 May 2023, the Company had no unprovided deferred tax liabilities (31 May 2022: £nil).
8 Return per Ordinary Share
31 May 2023 31 May 2022
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
£’000
Revenue
£’000
Capital
£’000
Total
£’000
Return for the financial year in £’000 (20,398) 62,679 42,281 (12,567) 585,164 572,597
Weighted average ordinary and redeemable shares 532 ,707, 3 8 3 539,896,863
Return per share (3.83)p 11.77p 7.94p (2.32)p 108.38p 106.06p
There are no dilutive or potentially dilutive shares in issue.
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 163
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
9a Movement on Investments
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Book cost brought forward 1,530,419 1,003,796
Opening unrealised appreciation on investments held:
Unlisted investments 706,707 709,712
Listed investments 1,482 216
Valuation of investments brought forward 2,238,608 1,713,724
Movements in year:
Acquisitions at cost 289,020 979,764
Capital distributions – proceeds (160,891)
2
(1,024,931)
1
Capital distributions – realised gains on sales 76,302
2
571,790
1
Increase in appreciation on investments held (25,419) (1,739)
Valuation of investments at year end 2, 417,620 2,238,608
Book cost at year end 1,734,850 1,530,419
Closing unrealised appreciation on investments held:
Unlisted investments 682,437 706,707
Listed investments 333 1,482
Valuation of investments at year end 2, 417,620 2,238,608
Fair value of investments:
Unlisted investments 2,415,800 2,235,639
Listed investments 1,820 2,969
Valuation of investments at year end 2, 417,620 2,238,608
1 On 31 December 2021, the Company transferred several investments, at a fair value of £627.14m, to its wholly owned subsidiary Pantheon International Holdings LP, in return for a 99% investment in Pantheon International Holdings LP, being
£620.87m and the remaining 1% in Pantheon International Holdings GP LP, being £6.27m.
2 On 1 October 2022, the Company transferred one further investment, at a fair value of £3.10m, to its wholly owned subsidiary Pantheon International Holdings LP, in return for a 99% investment in Pantheon International Holdings LP, being £3.07m
and the remaining 1% in Pantheon International Holdings GP LP, being £0.03m.
Further details in relation to the subsidiaries are included in Note 18.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 164
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
9b Analysis of Investments
Further analysis of the investment portfolio is provided in the Manager’s Review on pages 60 to 61.
The Company received £160,891,000 (2022: £1,024,931,000) from investments sold during the year. The book cost of these investments when they were purchased was £84,589,000 (2022:
£453,141,000). These investments have been revalued over time until such time they were sold and up until that point, any unrealised gains or losses were included in the fair value of the
investments. Transaction costs (incurred at the point of the transaction) incidental to the acquisition of investments totalled £nil (31 May 2022: £nil) and to the disposals of investments totalled
£7,000 (31May 2022: £4,000) for the period. In addition, legal fees incidental to the acquisition of investments totalled £1,625,000 (31 May 2022: £1,326,000), as disclosed in Note 4, have been
taken to the Capital column in the Income Statement since they are capital in nature.
Included in investment are also investments that the Company holds in its subsidiaries. Please see Note 18 for further details.
Gains on investment per income statement
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Realised gains on sales 76,302 571,790
Amounts previously recognised as unrealised appreciation on those sales 1,482 216
Decrease in unrealised appreciation (26,902) (1,954)
Revaluation of amounts owed in respect of transactions 3 (3)
Gains on investments 50,885 570,049
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 165
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
9b Analysis of Investments (continued)
Currency analysis of investment valuation
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Sterling
Unlisted investments 1,042,249 872,089
1,042,249 872,089
US dollar
Unlisted investments 1,116,006 1,083,342
Listed investments 1,820 2,969
1,117,826 1,086,311
Euro
Unlisted investments 230,424 247,749
230,424 247,749
Other
Unlisted investments 27,121 32,459
27,121 32,459
2, 417,620 2,238,608
9c Material Investment
At the period end, the Company held no material holdings in any underlying company which exceeded 3% and funds which exceeds 10% of any class of capital.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 166
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
10 Fair Value Hierarchy
The fair value hierarchy consists of the following three levels:
Level 1 – The unadjusted quoted price in an active market for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date. The Level 1 holdings include publicly listed
holdings held directly by the Company from in specie distributions received from underlying investments, but does not include listed holdings held indirectly through the Company’s underlying
private equity managers which are classified under Level 3 holdings;
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable (i.e. developed using market data) for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly
(i.e.derived from prices); and
Level 3 – Inputs are unobservable (i.e. for which market data is unavailable) for the asset or liability.
Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss at 31 May 2023
Level 1
£’000
Level 2
£’000
Level 3
£’000
Total
£’000
Unlisted holdings 2,415,800 2,415,800
Listed holdings 1,820 1,820
1,820 2,415,800 2, 417, 620
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 167
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
10 Fair Value Hierarchy (continued)
Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss at 31 May 2022
Level 1
£’000
Level 2
£’000
Level 3
£’000
Total
£’000
Unlisted holdings 2,235,639 2,235,639
Listed holdings 2,969 2,969
2,969 2,235,639 2,238,608
Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss at 31 May 2023
Level 1
£’000
Level 2
£’000
Level 3
£’000
Total
£’000
Asset Linked Note 32,520 32,520
32,520 32,520
Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss at 31 May 2022
Level 1
£’000
Level 2
£’000
Level 3
£’000
Total
£’000
Asset Linked Note 41,374 41,374
41,374 41,374
11 Debtors
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Amounts receivable from investment funds 290 595
Accrued interest 17 5
Prepayments 2,040 1,523
2,347 2,123
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 168
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
12 Cash and Cash Equivalents
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Cash at bank 49,906 231,458
Cash equivalents 16,137
66,043 231,458
As at 31 May 2023, Cash equivalents of £16,137,000 were held in a USD money market fund (2022: £nil).
13 Creditors Amounts Falling Due Within One Year
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Investment management fees 2,245 2,124
Amounts owed in respect of transactions 4
ALN repayment to the investor 1,199 2,787
Other creditors and accruals 1,173 1,223
4,617 6,138
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 169
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
14 Creditors Amounts Falling Due After One Year – Asset Linked Note
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Opening value of ALN 41,374 53,015
Repayment of net cashflows received (5,035) (13,786)
Fair value movement through profit or loss (3,384) 3,428
Expense Charge and ALN share of withholding taxes (435) (1,283)
Closing Value of ALN (see Note 1(E)) 32,520 41,374
Transfer to creditors due within one year, as amount is repayable within 3 months (1,199) (2,787)
31,321 38,587
15 Called-up Share Capital
31 May 2023 31 May 2022
Shares £’000 Shares £’000
Allotted, called-up and fully paid:
Ordinary Shares of 6.7p each
Opening position 537,493,640 36,012 54,089,447 36,240
Cancellation of shares (7,600,183) (509) (3,400,830) (228)
Shares issued through share split 486,805,023
Closing position 529,893,457 35,503 537,493,640 36,012
Total shares in issue 529,893,457 35,503 537,493,640 36,012
During the year ended 31 May 2023, 7,600,183 ordinary shares were bought back in the market, for cancellation at a total cost, including stamp duty, of £19.7m. During the year ended 31 May
2022, 3,275,830 ordinary shares were bought back in the market, to be held in Treasury at a total cost, including stamp duty, of £10.0m. The 3,275,830 shares that were held in Treasury were
subsequently cancelled prior to the end of May 2022. In addition, during the year ended 31 May 2022, 125,000 shares were bought back for cancellation , at a total cost, including stamp duty,
of£0.3m.
As a result, there were 529,893,457 ordinary shares in issue as at 31 May 2023 (of which none are held in Treasury; year to 31 May 2022: 537,493,640 ordinary shares and no Treasury shares).
Each holder of ordinary shares is entitled, on a show of hands, to one vote and, on a poll, to one vote for each ordinary share held.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 170
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
16 Reserves
Share
premium
£’000
Capital
redemption
reserve
£’000
Other
capital
reserve
£’000
Capital
reserve on
investments
held
£’000
Revenue
reserve
1
£’000
Beginning of year 269,535 3,553 1,556,346 674,875 (112,857)
Net gain on realisation of investments 76,302
Decrease in unrealised appreciation (21,180)
Revaluation of amounts owed in respect of transactions 3
Exchange differences on currency 9,210
Exchange differences on other capital items (31)
Legal and professional expenses charged to capital (1,625)
Share buybacks 509 (19,673)
Revenue return for the year (20,398)
End of year 269,535 4,062 1,620,532 653,695 (133,255)
1 Reserves that are distributable by way of dividends. In addition, the Other Capital Reserve can be used for share buybacks.
17 Net Asset Value Per Share
31 May 2023 31 May 2022
Net assets attributable in £’000 2,450,072 2,427,464
Ordinary shares 529,893,457 537,493,640
Net asset value per ordinary share 462.37p 451.63p
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 171
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
18 Subsidiaries
The Company has formed three wholly owned subsidiaries, to provide security for financial
lending arrangements.
Pantheon International Holdings LP (“PIH LP) was incorporated on 29 March 2021 with a
registered address in the State of Delaware (National Registered Agents, Inc., 209 Orange
Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801), and is wholly owned by the Company.
The Company holds an investment in PIH LP, which itself holds a basket of investments, rather
than to carry out business on the Company’s behalf. Investments held within PIH LP are based
on the fair value of the investments held in those entities. On 31 December 2021, the Company
transferred several investments, at a fair value of £627.14m, to its wholly owned subsidiary
PIHLP in order to provide security for the £500m multi-currency facility agreed 2 August
2022. On 1 October 2022, the Company transferred one further investment, at a fair value of
£3.10m. The aggregate amount of its capital and reserves as at 31 May 2023 is £995,928,000
(2022: £820,800,000) and the profit or loss for the period ended 31 May 2023 is £3,491,000
(2022: £164,000).
The General Partner for PIH LP is Pantheon International Holdings GP (“PIH GP) Limited.
Incorporated on 17 March 2021 with a registered address c/o Maples Corporate Services
Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, and is wholly
owned by the Company. The aggregate amount of its capital and reserves as at 31 May 2023
is £1 (2022: £1) and the profit or loss for the period ended 31 May 2023 is £nil (2022: £nil).
The General Partner and the Limited Partner, formed an exempted limited partnership, named
Pantheon International Holdings GP LP, incorporated on 17 March 2021 with a registered
address c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman,
KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. The Company holds an investment in PIH GP LP.
Any investments made by the Company into PIH LP, generally invest at 99% directly into
PIHLP, with the remaining 1% investing into PIH GP LP. PIH GP LP will then, in turn, wholly
invest those funds into PIH LP, so no funds remain in PIH GP LP.
In accordance with FRS 102, the Company is exempted from the requirement to prepare
consolidated financial statements on the grounds that its subsidiary PIH LP is held exclusively
with a view to a subsequent resale as it is considered part of an investment portfolio and PIH
GP LP and PIH GP are not material. Therefore, the Company has no requirement to prepare
consolidated accounts, and therefore the subsidiaries noted above are held as investments
recognised at fair value through profit or loss.
19 Reconciliation of Return Before Financing Costs and Taxation to Net
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
31 May 2023
£’000
31 May 2022
£’000
Return before finance costs and taxation 50,141 579,639
Withholding tax deducted (1,494) (3,075)
Gains on investments (50,885) (570,049)
Currency gains on cash and borrowings (9,179) (19,564)
Increase in creditors 394 483
Increase in other debtors (147) (29)
(Reduction)/gain of financial liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss (ALN) (3,384) 3,428
Expenses and taxation associated with the ALN (435) (1,283)
Net cash outflow from operating activities (14,989) (10,450)
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 172
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
20 Contingencies, Guarantees and Financial Commitments
At 31 May 2023, there were financial commitments outstanding of £857m (31 May 2022:
£755m) in respect of investments in partly paid shares and interests in private equity funds.
We expect 21% of the financial commitments outstanding to be called within the next
twelvemonths.
Further detail of the available finance cover is provided in Note 21.
21 Analysis of Financial Assets and Liabilities
The primary investment objective of the Company is to seek to maximise long-term capital
growth for its shareholders by investing in funds specialising in unquoted investments,
acquiring unquoted portfolios and participating directly in private placements. Investments
are not restricted to a single market but are made when the opportunity arises and on an
international basis.
The Company’s financial instruments comprise securities and other investments, cash
balances and debtors and creditors that arise from its operations, for example sales and
purchases awaiting settlement and debtors for accrued income.
The principal risks the Company faces in its portfolio management activities are:
liquidity/marketability risk;
interest rate risk;
market price risk; and
foreign currency risk.
The Manager only holds cash at banks with high credit ratings, therefore the Company has
little exposure to credit risk. The Manager monitors the financial risks affecting the Company
on a daily basis and the Directors regularly receive financial information, which is used to
identify and monitor risk.
In accordance with FRS 102 an analysis of financial assets and liabilities, which identifies
therisk to the Company of holding such items, is shown further on in this Note.
Liquidity Risk
Due to the nature of the Company’s investment policy, the largest proportion of the portfolio is
invested in unquoted securities, many of which are less readily marketable than, for example,
blue-chip” UK equities. The Directors believe that the Company, as a closed-end fund with
nofixed wind-up date, is ideally suited to making long-term investments in instruments with
limited marketability. The investments in unquoted securities are monitored by the Board on
aregular basis.
There are times when opportunities for the Company to acquire secondary unquoted portfolios
of interests or co-investments may be limited due to the cyclical nature of their occurrence. As a
result, at times of low investment opportunity, some funds may be held on deposit or invested
in gilts and other fixed interest government bonds. It is the nature of investment in private
equity that a commitment (see Note 20 for outstanding commitments as at 31 May 2023) to
invest will be made and that calls for payments will then be received from the unlisted investee
entity. These payments are usually on an ad-hoc basis and may becalled at any instance over
a number of years. The Company’s ability to meet these commitments is dependent upon it
receiving cash distributions from its private equity investments and, to the extent these are
insufficient, on the availability of financing facilities.
On 2 August 2022, the Company had agreed a new five-year £500m multi-tranche,
multi-currency revolving credit facility agreement arranged by Credit Suisse AGLondon
Branch, Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets plc and State Street Bank International GmbH.
TheLoan Facility, which replaced the £300m loan facility agreement, which was due to expire
in May 2024, is comprised of facilities amounting to $512.9m and €89.2m and secured by
certain assets of the Company. The facility will expire in July 2027 with an ongoing option to
extend, by agreement, the maturity date by another year at a time. The facility has a blended
commitment fee of 0.95% per annum on available commitment and pricing equivalent to the
relevant benchmark rate plus 2.350% to 2.575% depending on utilisation.
The principal covenants that apply to the loan facility require:
(i) that gross borrowings do notexceed 34% of the borrowing base;
(ii) that gross borrowings do not exceed 45% of the adjusted borrowing base in the first year
ofthe facility, and 40% thereafter; and
(iii) the liquidity ratio does not exceed 3.0x undrawn commitments.
Total available financing as at 31 May 2023 stood at £554m (31 May 2022: £528m), comprising
£63m (31 May 2022: £227m) in cash balances and £491m (31 May 2022: £301m) (sterling
equivalent) in undrawn bank facilities. The available financing along with the private equity
portfolio exceeded the outstanding commitments by 3.7 times (31 May 2022: 4.0 times)
(which now excludes any outstanding commitments relating to funds outside their investment
period (>13 years old) as there is a low likelihood of these being drawn).
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 173
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
21 Analysis of Financial Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Interest Rate Risk
The Company may use gearing to achieve its investment objectives and manage cash flows and uses a multi-currency revolving credit facility for this purpose.
Interest on the revolving credit facility is payable at variable rates determined subject to drawdown. Variable rates are defined as relevant benchmark rates plus 2.350% to 2.575%, dependent on
the currency drawn. The interest rate is then fixed for the duration that the loan is drawn down. At 31 May 2023, there was the sterling equivalent of £nil funds drawn down on the loan facilities
(31 May 2022: £nil). Ablended commitment fee of 0.95% per annum is payable in respect of the amounts available for drawdown in each facility.
Non-interest Rate Exposure
The remainder of the Company’s portfolio and current assets are not subject to interest rate risks.
Financial assets for 2023 and 2022 consisted of investments, cash and debtors (excluding prepayments). As at 31 May 2023, the interest rate risk and maturity profile of the Company’s
financial assets was as follows:
31 May 2023
Total
£’000
No
maturity
date
£’000
Matures
within
1 year
£’000
Matures
after
1 year
£’000
Fixed interest
average
interest rate
%
Fair value no interest rate risk financial assets
Sterling 1,043,630 1,043,630
US dollar 1,171,627 1,171,627
Euro 240,745 240,745
Other 29,362 29,362
2,485,364 2,485,364
The interest rate and maturity profile of the Company’s financial assets as at 31 May 2022 was as follows:
31 May 2022
Total
£’000
No
maturity
date
£’000
Matures
within
1 year
£’000
Matures
after
1 year
£’000
Fixed interest
average
interest rate
%
Fair value no interest rate risk financial assets
Sterling 891,350 891,350
US dollar 1,262,083 1,262,083
Euro 269,786 269,786
Other 47,4 46 47,4 46
2,470,665 2,470,665
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 174
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Notes to the Financial Statements
21 Analysis of Financial Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Financial Liabilities
At 31 May 2023, the Company had drawn the sterling equivalent of £nil (31 May 2022: £nil)
ofits new £500m multi-currency credit facility, expiring July 2027. Interest is incurred at a
variable rate as agreed at the time of drawdown and is payable at the maturity date of each
advance. At the year end, interest of £nil (31 May 2022: £nil) was accrued as the facilities
wereunutilised.
At 31 May 2023 and 31 May 2022, other than the ALN, all financial liabilities were due
withinone year and comprised short-term creditors. The ALN is repayable by no later than
31 August 2027.
Market Price Risk
The method of valuation of the fixed asset investments is described in Note 1(D) on page 156.
The nature of the Company’s fixed asset investments, with a high proportion of the portfolio
invested in unquoted securities, means that the investments are valued by the Directors after
due consideration of the most recent available information from the underlying investments.
PIP’s portfolio is well diversified by the sectors in which the underlying companies operate.
This sectoral diversification helps to minimise the effects of cyclical trends within particular
industry segments.
If the investment portfolio fell by 20% from the 31 May 2023 valuation, with all other variables
held constant, there would have been a reduction of £483,524,000 (31 May 2022: £447,722,000)
in the return before taxation. An increase of 20% would have increased the return before
taxation by an equal and opposite amount.
Foreign Currency Risk
Since it is the Company’s policy to invest in a diverse portfolio of investments based in a
number of countries, the Company is exposed to the risk of movement in a number of foreign
exchange rates. A geographical analysis of the portfolio and hence its exposure to currency
risk is given on pages 34 and 46 and in Note 9b. Although it is permitted to do so, the Company
did not hedge the portfolio against the movement in exchange rates during the financial
period.
The investment approach and the Manager’s consideration of the associated risk are
discussed in further detail in the Strategic Report on pages 3 to 54 and the Managers Review
onpages 56 to 119.
The Company settles its transactions from its bank accounts at an agreed rate of exchange
atthe date on which the bargain was made. As at 31 May 2023, realised exchange losses of
£31,000 (31 May 2022: realised exchange losses of £145,000) and realised gains relating to
currency of £9,210,000 (31 May 2022: realised gains of £19,709,000) have been taken to the
capital reserve.
The Company’s exposure to foreign currency excluding private equity investments is shown
below. In relation to this exposure, if the sterling/dollar and sterling/euro exchange rate had
reduced by 10% from that obtained at 31 May 2023, it would have the effect, with all other
variables held constant, of increasing equity shareholders’ funds by £7,065,000 (31 May 2022:
£21,936,000). If there had been an increase in the sterling/dollar and sterling/euro exchange
rate of 10% it would have the effect of decreasing equity shareholders’ funds by £5,780,000
(31 May 2022: £17,948,000). The calculations are based on the financial assets and liabilities
and the exchange rate as at 31 May 2023 of 1.2394 (31 May 2022: 1.26) sterling/dollar and
1.16265 (31May 2022: 1.17625) sterling/euro. The Companys investment currency exposure
is disclosed in Note 9b.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 175
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
21 Analysis of Financial Assets and Liabilities (continued)
An analysis of the Company’s exposure to foreign currency is given below:
31 May 2023
Assets
£’000
31 May 2023
Liabilities
£’000
31 May 2022
Assets
£’000
31 May 2022
Liabilities
£’000
US dollar 53,801 478 176,090 497
Canadian dollar 32 1,375
Euro 10,321 59 22,036 201
Swedish krone 768 240
Norwegian krone 136
Australian dollar 1,441 13,236
66,363 537 213,113 698
Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Investments of the Company are held at fair value. All other financial assets are held at cost, which is an approximation of fair value. Other than the ALN, the financial liabilities are held at
amortised cost, which is not materially different from fair value.
Managing Capital
The Company’s equity comprises ordinary shares as described in Note 15. Capital is managed so as to maximise the return to shareholders while maintaining a capital base that allows the
Company to operate effectively in the marketplace and sustain future development of the business.
As at 31 May 2023 and 31 May 2022, the Company had bank debt facilities to increase the Company’s liquidity. Details of available borrowings at the period end can be found earlier in this Note.
The Company’s assets and borrowing levels are reviewed regularly by the Board of Directors with reference to the loan covenants.
The Company’s capital requirement is reviewed regularly by the Board of Directors.
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 176
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
22 Transactions with the Manager and Related Parties
The amounts paid to the Manager, together with the details of the Investment Management
Agreement, are disclosed in Note 3.
The Company’s related parties are its Directors. The Fees paid to the Company’s Board
aredisclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 138 to 140. The Company’s
National Insurance contribution in relation to Directors’ remuneration is disclosed in
Note 4. Amounts outstanding for Directors’ Fees as at 31 May 2023 amount to £45,000
(2022:£57,000).
The Company also has three wholly owned subsidiaries. Please see Note 18 for further details.
There are no other identifiable related parties at the year end.
23 Post Balance Sheet Events
There are no post balance sheet events at the year end.
Notes to the Financial Statements
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 177
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information 2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 177
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Other Information
AIFMD Disclosures 178
Alternative Performance Measures 180
Glossary of Terms 184
Directors and Advisers 186
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 178
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
AIFMD Disclosures
The Company is an alternative investment fund (AIF”) for the purposes of the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (Directive 2011/61/EU) (“AIFMD”), and the Manager was
appointed as its alternative investment fund manager (“AIFM”) for the purposes of the AIFMD with effect from 21 July 2014. The Manager is a “full scope” AIFM for the purposes of the AIFMD.
The AIFMD requires certain disclosures to be made in the Annual Report of the Company. Many of these disclosures were already required bythe Listing Rules and/or UK Accounting
Standards, and these continue to be presented in other sections of the Annual Report, principally the Strategic Report (pages 3 to 54), the Manager’s Review (pages 56 to 115) and the
financial statements (pages 151 to 176). Thissection completes the disclosures required by the AIFMD.
Assets subject to special arrangements
The Company holds no assets subject to special arrangements arising from their illiquid nature.
Remuneration disclosure
The total number of staff of the Manager for the period ended 31 May 2023, including staff remunerated by affiliates of the Manager, was approximately 450, of which 8 were senior
management or other members of staff whose actions have a material impact on the risk profile ofthe Company (“identified staff).
The total remuneration paid by the Manager and its affiliates to staff of the Manager in respect of the financial year ended 31 May 2023 attributable to work relating to the Company was
as follows:
12 months to 31 May 2023 12 months to 31 May 2022
Fixed
£’000
Variable
£’000
Total
£’000
Fixed
£’000
Variable
£’000
Total
£’000
Senior management 459 634 1,094 518 795 1,313
Staff 1,643 933 2,576 1,727 1,062 2,789
Total staff 2,102 1,567 3,670 2,245 1,857 4,102
Identified staff 293 555 848 322 434 756
No carried interest was paid in respect of the Company during the year.
The above disclosures reflect only that element of the individuals’ remuneration which is attributable to the activities of the Manager relating to the Company. It is not possible to attribute
remuneration paid to individual staff directly to income received from any fund and hence the above figures represent a notional approximation only calculated by reference to the assets under
management of the Company as a proportion of the total assets under management of the Pantheon Group.
In determining the remuneration paid to its staff, the Manager takes into account a number of factors including the performance of the Company, the Manager and each individual member of
staff. These factors are considered over a multi-year framework and include whether staff have met the Manager’s compliance standards. In addition, the Manager seeks to ensure that its
remuneration policies and practices align financial incentives for staff with the risks undertaken and results achieved by investors, for example by ensuring that a proportion of the variable
income received by identified staff is deferred for a period of at least three years.
Full details of the Pantheon Group’s remuneration policies and practices for staff (which includes the Managers staff) can be found at www.pantheon.com.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 179
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Leverage
The AIFMD requires the Manager of the Company to set leverage limits for the Company.
For the purposes of the AIFMD, leverage is any method by which the Company’s exposure is
increased, whether through the borrowing of cash or by the use of derivatives or by any other
means. The AIFMD requires leverage to be expressed as a ratio between the Company’s
exposure and its net asset value and prescribes twomethodologies, the gross method and
the commitment method (as set out in Commission Delegated Regulation No. 231/2013),
forcalculating such exposure.
The following leverage limits have been set for the Company:
(i) Borrowings shall not exceed 100% of the Companys net asset value or such lower
amount as is agreed from time to time with the Company’s lenders.
(ii) Leverage calculated as the ratio between the exposure of the Company calculated in
accordance with the gross method referred to above and its net asset value shall not
exceed 200%.
(iii) Leverage calculated as the ratio between the exposure of the Company calculated in
accordance with the commitment method referred to above, and its net asset value
shall not exceed 200%.
Using the methodologies prescribed under the AIFMD, the Company’s leverage ratio as at
31 May 2023 is shown below:
Gross
method
Commitment
method
Leverage ratio 99% 101%
There have been no changes to the maximum level of leverage which the Manager may
employ on behalf of the Company during the financial year to 31 May 2023. There are no
collateral or asset reuse arrangements in place as at the year end.
Risk profile and risk management
The principal risks to which the Company is exposed and the approach to managing those
risks are set out in the Strategic Report (pages44to48) and also in Note 21 of the financial
statements (pages 172 to 175). The investment restrictions which seek to mitigate some
ofthose principal risks in relation to the Company’s investment activities are set out in the
investment policy (page 42) and under “Board responsibilities and relationship with the
Manager” in the Statement on Corporate Governance (page 130). Additionally, the individual
counterparty exposure limit for deposits with each of the Company’s bank counterparties has
been set at £70m or the equivalent in foreign currencies. The Manager’s risk management
system incorporates regular review of the principal risks facing the Company and the
investment restrictions applicable to the Company. The Manager has established appropriate
internal control processes to mitigate the risks, including those described in the “Mitigation”
column in the “Risk Management and Principal Risks” section of the Strategic Report
(pages 4 4 to 48). These investment restrictions have not been exceeded in the financial
year to 31 May 2023.
Article 23(1) disclosures to investors
The AIFMD requires certain information to be made available to investors in the Company
before they invest and requires that material changes to this information be disclosed in
the Annual Report of the Company. The information required to be disclosed is contained
in the document “Information for Investors”, which is available on the Company’s website
at www.piplc.com.
There have been no material changes to this information requiring disclosure.
AIFMD Disclosures
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 180
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Alternative Performance Measures
We assess our performance using a variety of measures that are not specifically defined
under IFRS and are therefore termed Alternative Performance Measures or “APMs”.
The APMs that we use may not be directly comparable with those used by other companies.
The APMs used by the Company are defined below.
AIC ongoing charges
Annualised operating costs, excluding performance fees, financing costs and taxes, as a
percentage of the average month-end NAV over the year.
Page
31 May
2023
£’000
31 May
2022
£’000
Investment management fees 159 27,707 23,115
Lookthrough charges 1,303 862
Other expenses 160 2,059 1,274
Total expenses 31,069 25,251 (a)
Average month-end NAV 2,490,134 2,195,124 (b)
AIC ongoing charges 1.25% 1.15% (a/b) x 100
Net available cash
Cash and net current assets (liabilities) less next ALN repayment (see Notes 12 and 13).
Available financing
Sum of available cash and undrawn loan facility.
Page
31 May
2023
£m
31 May
2022
£m
Available cash 172 63 227 (a)
Undrawn loan facility 172 491 301 (b)
Available financing 554 528 (a + b)
Capital call
Call to limited partners (“LPs”) to pay in a portion of the LPs’ committed capital when the
general partner (GP) has identified a new investment for purchase.
Page
31 May
2023
£m
31 May
2022
£m
Acquisitions at cost 163 289 980 (a)
Recallable distributions (20) (25) (b)
Amount drawn for new commitments (190) (160) (c)
ALN share of calls 1 (d)
PIH LP Investment (191) (720) (e)
Investments made through PIH LP 266 112 (f)
Capital calls 155 187 (a + b + c +
d + e + f)
Capital call rate
Capital calls in the period divided by opening undrawn commitments.
Page
31 May
2023
£m
31 May
2022
£m
Capital calls 29 155 187 (a)
Opening undrawn commitments 755 528 (b)
Capital call rate 21% 35% (a/b) x 100
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 181
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Distribution
Cash or stock returned to the LPs after the fund has exited from an investment by selling it, or
from distributions received before a sale. Excludes such proceeds received relative to the
portion of the portfolio attributable to the ALN.
Page
31 May
2023
£m
31 May
2022
£m
Disposal of investments 163 161 1,025 (a)
Investment income received 151 18 19 (b)
Recallable distributions (20) (25) (c)
Withholding tax deducted (1) (3) (d)
ALN share of distributions (5) (11) (e)
Transferred investments to PIH LP 163 (3) (627) (f)
Disposals of investments received
through PIH LP 73 41 (g)
Distributions from PIP's portfolio 223 419 (a + b + c +
d + e + f + g)
Distribution rate
Distributions for the period divided by opening portfolio value.
Page
31 May
2023
£m
31 May
2022
£m
Distributions from PIP’s portfolio 223 419 (a)
Opening investments at fair value 153 2,239 1,714 (b)
ALN share of opening investments (39) (47) (c)
Opening portfolio value
(excluding the ALN) 2,200 1,667 (d) = (b + c)
Distribution rate from PIP’s portfolio 10% 25% (a/d) x 100
Financing cover
Ratio of available cash, private equity assets and undrawn loan facility to outstanding
commitments. Future calls from outstanding commitments are expected to be funded from
future distributions realised from the existing private equity assets portfolio, in addition to
distributions realised from future investments.
Page
31 May
2023
£m
31 May
2022
£m
Available financing 180 554 528 (a)
Investments at fair value 153 2,418 2,239 (b)
Total 2,972 2,767 (c) = (a + b)
Outstanding undrawn commitments
(excluding those outside their
investment period) 809 698 (d)
Financing cover 3.7x 4.0x (c/d)
31 May 2022 previously reported financing cover of 3.7x. The basis of calculation now
excludes any outstanding commitments relating to funds outside their investment period (>13
years old) as there is a low likelihood of these being drawn. This amounted to £48.2m as at 31
May 2023 and £57.1m as at 31 May 2022.
Net portfolio cash flow
Income and capital distributions received from funds following exit realisations less capital
calls made to finance investments or expenses.
Page
31 May
2023
£m
31 May
2022
£m
Distributions from PIP’s portfolio 29 223 419 (a)
Capital calls 29 155 187 (b)
Net portfolio cash flow 68 232 (a - b)
Alternative Performance Measures
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 182
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Alternative Performance Measures
Portfolio investment return
Total movement in the valuation of the underlying funds and companies comprising the
portfolio, expressed as a percentage of opening portfolio value. Foreign exchange effects
andother expenses are excluded from the calculation. The figure excludes returns
attributableto the ALN. A reconciliation of the return after taxation to the portfolio
valuationmovement is shown below.
Page
31 May
2023
£m
31 May
2022
£m
Return after taxation
(per Income Statement)
151 42 573 (a)
Adjusted for non-portfolio income
and expenses
Investment management fees 151 28 23 (b)
Other expenses 151 4 3 (c)
Interest payable and similar expenses 151 6 4 (d)
Other income (1) (e)
Portfolio and other FX * (3) (166) (f)
Portfolio valuation movement 76 437 (g) = (a + b +
c + d + e + f)
Opening investments at fair value 153 2,239 1,714 (h)
ALN share of opening investments (39) (47) (i)
Opening portfolio value
(excluding the ALN)
2,200 1,667 (j) = (h + i)
Portfolio investment return 3.5% 26.2% (g/j) x 100
* Includes £-11m of FX on the portfolio excluding the ALN (2022: (£169m)).
Sample calculations and disclosures
The sample buyout figures for the 12 months to 31 December 2022 were calculated using all
the information available to the Company. The figures are based on unaudited data. MSCI data
was sourced from Bloomberg.
Revenue and EBITDA
The revenue and EBITDA figures were based upon the last 12 months to 31 December 2022
or, where not available, the closest annual period disclosed, and provide coverage of 77%
and 77% (12 months to 2021: 82% and 81%) for revenue and EBITDA growth respectively
ofPIP’s buyout portfolio. Individual company revenue and EBITDA growth figures were
capped if in excess of -100% and +100% to avoid distortions from large outliers. Sample data
for 20162022 is based on the same methodology and provides coverage of 45%–75% of
theportfolio in each year.
Valuation multiple and debt multiple
Enterprise value is defined as equity value plus net debt. The net debt and enterprise value
figures were based on underlying valuations as at 31 December 2022, or the closest disclosed
period end. The valuation multiple sample covers approximately 54% (December 2021: 65%)
of PIP’s buyout portfolio. The debt multiple sample covers approximately 45% (December
2021: 52%) of PIP’s buyout portfolio.
Cost multiple
The cost multiple data on page 83 is based on a sample that represented approximately
52%by value of proceeds from exit realisations for the year to 31 May 2023. The data covers
primary investments and co-investments, and is based upon gross cost multiples available at
the time of the distribution.
Uplift
Realisation events are classified as exit realisations when proceeds equate to at least 80% of
total investment value and once confirmation of exit realisation is received from the underlying
private equity manager. Uplift on full exit compares the value received upon realisation against
the investment’s carrying value 12 months prior to the transaction taking place. The analysis
on page 82 only includes exit realisations that occurred during the period and disregards the
impact of any proceeds received outside the 12-month period covered in the uplift analysis.
The data in the sample represents 100% (2022: 100%) of proceeds from exit realisations and
61% (2022: 87%) of distributions received during the period.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 183
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Total ongoing charges
Annualised operating costs, including financing costs and any performance fees charged by
Pantheon but excluding taxes, expressed as a percentage of the average month-end NAV over
the year.
Page
31 May
2023
£’000
31 May
2022
£’000
Investment management fees 159 27,707 23,115
Performance fee payable to Pantheon
Lookthrough charges 159 1,303 862
Other expenses 151 2,059 1,274
Interest payable and similar expenses 151 6,366 3,967
Total expenses and financing costs 37,4 35 29,218 (a)
Average month-end NAV 2,490,134 2,195,124 (b)
Total ongoing charges 1.50% 1.33% (a/b) x 100
Liquidity & undrawn coverage ratio
Ratio of available financing and 10% of private equity assets to undrawn commitments. Under
the terms of its loan facility, in order to make additional undrawn commitments, PIP is required
to maintain a liquidity ratio at least 33%.
Page
31 May
2023
£m
31 May
2022
£m
Available financing 180 554 528 (a)
Investments at fair value @ 10% 153 242 224 (b)
Total 796 752 (c) = (a + b)
Outstanding undrawn commitments 857 755 (d)
Liquidity ratio 93% 100% (c/d) x 100
Outstanding undrawn commitments
(excluding those outside their
investment period)
809 698 (e)
Undrawn coverage ratio
1
98% 108% (c/e) x 100
1 The basis of calculation for the undrawn coverage ratio excludes any outstanding commitments relating to funds
outside their investment period (>13 years old) as there is a low likelihood of these being drawn. This amounted to
£48.2m as at 31 May 2023 and £57.1m as at 31 May 2022.
Alternative Performance Measures
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 184
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Glossary of Terms
AIFMD
Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive.
Asset Linked Note (“ALN”)
Unlisted, subordinated note due August 2027, the repayment and the performance of which
are linked to a reference portfolio consisting of older vintage funds. The holder of the ALN
has rights to receive c.75% of net cash flows arising from the reference portfolio prior to the
repayment of any outstanding balance in August 2027.
Buyout funds
Funds that acquire controlling interests in companies with a view towards later selling those
companies or taking them public.
Carried interest
Portion of realised investment gains payable to the General Partner as a profit share.
Co-investment
Direct shareholding in a company by invitation alongside a private equity fund.
Commitment
The amount of capital that each Limited Partner agrees to contribute to the fund when and as
called by the General Partner.
Debt multiple
Ratio of net debt to EBITDA.
Deleverage
A reduction in a companies total debt.
Dry powder
Capital raised and available to invest but not yet deployed.
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation andamortisation(“EBITDA”)
A measure of earnings before interest and taxes that excludes non-cash expenses. Valuation
methods are commonly based on a comparison of private and public companies’ value as a
multiple of EBITDA.
Enterprise value
The sum of a company’s market capitalisation and net debt (net debt equals debt less cash
and cash equivalents).
Exit
Realisation of an investment usually through trade sale, sale by public offering (including IPO),
or sale to a financial buyer.
Expense charge
A pro rata share of the Company’s Total Ongoing Charges allocated to the ALN, reducing each
quarterly payment. This is deducted from Other Expenses through the revenue account of the
Income Statement.
Feeder fund
An investment vehicle, often a limited partnership, that pools capital commitments of
investors and invests or “feeds” such capital into an umbrella fund, often called a master fund
(“Master), which directs and oversees all investments held in the Master portfolio.
Fund-of-funds
Private equity fund that invests in a portfolio of several private equity funds to achieve,
compared with a direct investment fund, a broader diversification of risk, including individual
private equity manager risk.
Fund management fee
Annual fee, typically charged by the GP as a percentage of LP commitments to the fund during
the investment period and attenuating thereafter, intended to cover the costs of running and
administering a fund.
General Partner (“GP”)
The entity managing a private equity fund that has been established as a limited partnership,
also commonly referred to as the private equity fund manager.
Initial public offering (IPO”)
The first offering by a company of its own shares to the public on a regulated stock exchange.
Internal rate of return (“IRR”)
The IRR, a common measure of private equity performance, is calculated as an annualised
compounded rate of investment return based on the timing and quantity of cash flows.
Investment period
Period, typically five years, during which the GP is permitted to make new investments.
J-curve
Refers to the tendency of private equity funds to experience capital outflows and negative
returns in early years, and cash flow distributions and investment gains in later years as
portfolio companies mature and are exited.
Limited Partner (“LP”)
An institution or individual who commits capital to a private equity fund established as a
limited partnership. Limited Partners are generally protected from legal actions and any
losses beyond their original commitment to the fund.
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 185
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Liquidation
The sale of all remaining assets of a fund prior to its final cessation of operations.
Manager-led secondary
Purchase of an interest in a portfolio company alongside a private equity manager, where
the manager is seeking to extend the investment holding period in order to participate in the
companys next phase of growth.
Market capitalisation
Share price multiplied by the number of shares outstanding.
Multiple of invested capital (“MOIC” or cost multiple)
A common measure of private equity performance, MOIC is calculated by dividing the fund’s
cumulative distributions and residual value by the paid-in capital.
Net asset value (“NAV”)
Amount by which the value of assets of a fund exceeds liabilities, reflecting the value of an
investor’s attributable holding.
Net available cash
Cash and net current assets (liabilities) less next ALN repayment.
Paid-in capital
Cumulative amount of capital that has been called.
Portfolio company
A company that is an investment within a private equity fund.
Portfolio investment return
Total movement in the valuation of the underlying funds and companies comprising the portfolio,
expressed as a percentage of opening portfolio value. Foreign exchange effects and other
expenses are excluded from the calculation. The figure excludes returns attributable to the ALN.
Primaries
Commitments made to private equity funds at the time such funds are formed.
Private equity
Privately negotiated investments typically made in non-public companies.
Reference portfolio
As defined under the terms of the ALN, a subset of PIP’s private equity portfolio assets,
substantially comprising the Company’s oldest funds (2006 and earlier vintages).
Secondaries
Purchase of existing private equity fund or company interests and commitments from an
investor seeking liquidity in such funds or companies.
Share buyback
A share buyback is where a company purchases its own shares from the market. This can be
done for several reasons, such as returning surplus cash to shareholders, taking advantage of
wide discounts in share prices to net asset values or providing liquidity to existing shareholders.
Share cancellation
Share cancellations refer to the process of reducing the number of shares outstanding.
Listedcompanies may cancel shares following a share buyback or to effect share capital
reduction and share forfeitures.
Share price premium (discount)
Occurs when a companys share price is higher (lower) than the NAV per share.
Special situations
Special situations investments can include distressed debt, mezzanine, energy/utilities and
turnarounds.
Undrawn or outstanding commitments
Capital that is committed but is still to be drawn down by the GP for investment.
Uplift on exit
Increase in value received upon exit realisation of an investment relative to its carrying value
12 months prior to realisation.
Valuation multiples
Multiple of earnings (typically EBITDA or net income) or revenue applied in valuing a business
enterprise.
Venture capital
Investment in early and development-stage companies, often used to finance technological
product and market development.
Vintage
The year in which a private equity fund makes its first investment.
Weighted average fund age
Average fund age for the portfolio is weighted by the fund’s respective closing net asset
values. Fund age refers to the number ofyears since a private equity fund’s first investment.
Glossary of Terms
2023Annual Report and AccountsPantheon International Plc 186
Strategic Report
Manager’s Review
Governance
Financial Statements
Other Information
Directors and Advisers
Directors
John Singer CBE (Chair)
John Burgess
Zoe Clements
David Melvin
Dame Susan Owen DCB
Mary Ann Sieghart
Rahul Welde
Manager
Pantheon Ventures (UK) LLP
Authorised and regulated by the FCA
10 Finsbury Square
4th Floor
London
EC2A 1AF
Email: pip.ir@pantheon.com
PIP website: www.piplc.com
LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/pantheon-international-plc
Pantheon website: www.pantheon.com
Secretary and registered office
Link Alternative Fund Administrators Limited
Link Group
Broadwalk House
Southernhay West
Exeter
EX1 1TS
Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP
25 Churchill Place
London
E14 5EY
Broker
Investec Bank plc
30 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QP
J.P. Morgan Cazenove
25 Bank Street
London
E14 5JP
Depositary
BNP Paribas Trust Corporation UK Limited
10 Harewood Avenue
London
NW1 6AA
Registrar
Link Market Services
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL
Solicitors
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius UK LLP
Condor House
5–10 St Paul’s Churchyard
London
EC4M 8AL
Communications Adviser
Monfort Communications
2nd Floor
Berkeley Square House
Berkeley Square
London
W1J 6BD
Solicitors
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius UK LLP
Condor House
5–10 St Paul’s Churchyard
London
EC4M 8AL
Communications Adviser
Monfort Communications
2nd Floor
Berkeley Square House
Berkeley Square
London
W1J 6BD
Designed and produced by Friend
www.friendstudio.com
Electronic communications from the Company
Shareholders now have the opportunity to be notified by email when
the Companys Annual Reports, Notices of Meetings and other formal
communications are available on the Company’s website, instead of
receiving printed copies by post. This has environmental benefits due to
the reduction of paper, printing, energy and water usage, as well as
reducing costs to the Company. Ifyou have not already elected to receive
electronic communications from the Company and wish to do so, visit
www.signalshares.com. To register, you will need your investor code,
which can be found on your share certificate.
Alternatively, you can contact Link’s Customer Support Centre, which is
available to answer any queries you have in relation to your shareholding:
By phone: call +44 (0)371 664 0300. Calls from outside the UK will be
charged at the applicable international rate. Link is open between 09:00 and
17:30, on Monday to Friday (excluding public holidays in England and Wales).
By email: shareholder.enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk
By post: Link Group, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street,
Leeds, LS1 4DL, UK
Pantheon
International Plc
10 Finsbury Square
4th Floor
London
EC2A 1AF
United Kingdom
Telephone
+44 (0)20 3356 1800
E-mail
pip.ir@pantheon.com
Website
www.piplc.com
Registered in England
number: 02147984
A member of the Association
of Investment Companies